You are on page 1of 364

LTE

Signaling & Protocol


Analysis
Focus: E-UTRAN and UE

INACON GmbH
Kriegsstrasse 154
76133 Karlsruhe
Germany
www.inacon.com
e-mail: inacon@inacon.de

Cover design by Stefan Kohler


1999 - 2010 INACON GmbH
Kriegsstrasse 154
76133 Karlsruhe
All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a
retrieval system, or transmitted by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying,
recording, or otherwise, without written permission from the publisher. No patent
liability is assumed with respect to the use of the information contained herein.
Although every precaution has been taken in the preparation of this publication, the
publisher and authors assume no responsibility for errors or omissions. Neither is any
liability assumed for damages resulting from the use of the information contained
herein. For more information, contact INACON GmbH at www.inacon.com.

Legend:
All INACON publications use the same color codes to distinguish mandatory from
optional or conditional parts in frame formats or optional from mandatory data blocks
or signaling messages in scenarios. The different color codes are explained
underneath:

Color Codes in Frame Formats:

Color Codes in Scenarios:

Foreword of the Publisher:


Dear Reader:
Note that this book is primarily a training document because the primary business of
INACON GmbH is the training and consulting market for mobile communications. As
such, we are proud to providing high-end training courses to many clients worldwide,
among them operators like AT&T, Mobilkom Austria, SWISSCOM, T-MOBILE or
VSNL (India) and equipment suppliers like ALCATEL-LUCENT, ERICSSON and
SONY-ERICSSON, MOTOROLA, NOKIA-SIEMENS and RIM.
INACON GmbH is not one of the old-fashioned publishers. With respect to time-tomarket, form-factor, homogeneous quality over all books and most importantly with
respect to after-sales support, INACON GmbH is moving into a new direction.
Therefore, INACON GmbH does not leave you alone with your issues and this book
but we offer you to contact the author directly through e-mail (inacon@inacon.de), if
you have any questions. All our authors are employees of INACON GmbH and all of
them are proven experts in their area with usually many years of practical
experience.
The most important assets and features of the book in front of you are:

Extreme degree of detailed information about a certain technology.

Extensive and detailed index to allow instant access to information


about virtually every parameter, timer and detail of this technology.

Incorporation of several practical exercises.

If applicable, incorporation of examples from our practical field


experiences and real life recordings.

References to the respective standards and recommendations on


virtually every page.

Finally, we again like to congratulate you to the purchase of this book and we like to
wish you success in using it during your daily work.
Sincerely,

Gunnar Heine / President & CEO of INACON GmbH

Table of Content

Table of Content
Revisiting important Details of the EPS.................................1
1.1 Architecture Overview..............................................................2
1.1.1 Evolved Packet Core in Context..................................................2
1.1.1.1 EPC vs. EPS...................................................................................2
1.1.1.2 Non-3GPP Access Networks (trusted / non-trusted).......................3

1.1.2 Zoom into the EPS......................................................................4


1.1.2.1 Functional Overview of Core Network Elements within the EPC....5

1.1.3 Network Elements and their Functions within the EPC...............6


1.1.3.1 Mobility Management Entity (MME).................................................6
1.1.3.1.1 Characteristics........................................................................6
1.1.3.1.2 Identification............................................................................6
1.1.3.1.3 Interfaces & Protocols.............................................................8
1.1.3.1.4 Tasks & Functions of the MME.............................................10
1.1.3.1.4.1 NAS-Signaling towards the UE..................................................10
1.1.3.1.4.2 S1-Signaling towards the eNodeB.............................................10
1.1.3.1.4.3 S-GW and P-GW Selection........................................................12
1.1.3.1.4.4 Other Selection Functions..........................................................13
1.1.3.1.4.5 Local Breakout...........................................................................14
1.1.3.1.4.5 IMS and Local Breakout.............................................................14

1.1.3.2 Serving Gateway (S-GW)..............................................................16


1.1.3.2.1 Characteristics......................................................................16
1.1.3.2.2 Identification..........................................................................16
1.1.3.2.3 Interfaces & Protocols...........................................................18
1.1.3.2.4 Tasks & Functions of the S-GW............................................20
1.1.3.2.4.1 Packet Routing / Relaying..........................................................20
1.1.3.2.4.2 Legal Interception.......................................................................20
1.1.3.2.4.3 QCI-based Packet Tagging........................................................20
1.1.3.2.4.4 Accounting..................................................................................20

1.1.3.3 PDN Gateway (P-GW or PDN-GW)..............................................22


1.1.3.3.1 Characteristics......................................................................22
1.1.3.3.2 Identification..........................................................................22
1.1.3.3.3 Interfaces & Protocols...........................................................24
1.1.3.3.4 Tasks & Functions of the P-GW............................................26
1.1.3.3.4.1 UE IP Address Allocation...........................................................26
1.1.3.3.4.2 QCI-based Packet Tagging........................................................26
1.1.3.3.4.3 Policy Enforcement....................................................................26
1.1.3.3.4.4 Legal Interception.......................................................................27
1.1.3.3.4.5 Home Agent Function.................................................................27

1.1.3.4 enhanced Packet Data Gateway (ePDG)......................................28


1.1.3.4.1 Characteristics......................................................................28
1.1.3.4.2 Identification..........................................................................28
1.1.3.4.3 Interfaces & Protocols...........................................................30
1.1.3.4.4 Tasks & Functions of the ePDG............................................32
1.1.3.4.4.1 ESP-Tunnel Mgmt towards UE's................................................32
1.1.3.4.4.2 QoS-specific Packet Tagging in UL-Direction............................32
1.1.3.4.4.3 Legal Interception.......................................................................32
1.1.3.4.4.4 MAG-Function for PMIPv6.........................................................32

1.2 Protocol Stacks......................................................................34


1.2.1 Control Plane / E-UTRAN - EPC...............................................34
INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

-i-

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)


1.2.2 User Plane E-UTRAN EPC (S5/S8 GTP-based)....................36
1.2.3 User Plane E-UTRAN EPC (S5/S8 PMIPv6/GRE-based)......38

1.3 Security Architecture..............................................................40


1.3.1 Overview & Introduction............................................................40
1.3.1.1 Essentials......................................................................................41
1.3.1.2 EPS-AKA.......................................................................................41
1.3.1.3 Security is performed independently in two protocol layers..........41
1.3.1.4 Algorithms......................................................................................41

1.3.2 Operation of UMTS-AKA...........................................................42


1.3.3 Key Derivation Function (KDF)..................................................44
1.3.3.1 Comprehension Check & Practical Exercise:
The KDF S(10) for K(ASME).....................................................................46
1.3.3.1.1 Input Parameters..................................................................48

1.3.4 EPS-AKA in Operation during Initial Attach Procedure.............50


1.3.5 Use of the different Security Algorithms....................................52

The Non-Access-Stratum: EMM & ESM................................55


2.1.1 Important EMM-Procedures......................................................56
2.1.1.1 Common Procedures.....................................................................57
2.1.1.2 Specific Procedures.......................................................................57
2.1.1.3 Connection Management Procedures...........................................57

2.1.2 State Machine...........................................................................58


2.1.2.1 Relationship between EMM and ECM...........................................58

2.1.3 Network Operation Modes.........................................................60


2.1.4 Message Format.......................................................................62
2.1.4.1 Security Header.............................................................................62

2.1.5 Important EMM-Scenarios.........................................................64


2.1.5.1 Attachment through E-UTRAN / new MME...................................64
2.1.5.2 Comprehension Check & Practical Exercise: Building your own
EMM: ATT_REQ-Message........................................................................72
2.1.5.3 Tracking Area Update (Inter-MME / with new S-GW)....................76
2.1.5.3.1 Initial Conditions....................................................................76
2.1.5.3.2 Detailed Description..............................................................78
2.1.5.4 Comprehension Check & Practical Exercise: EMM-Message
Decode......................................................................................................84

2.2.1 Important ESM-Procedures.......................................................86


2.2.1.1 MME-initiated.................................................................................87
2.2.1.2 UE-initiated....................................................................................87

2.2.2 State Machine...........................................................................88


2.2.4 Message Format.......................................................................90
2.2.4.1 Security Header.............................................................................92
2.2.4.2 Procedure Transaction Identity......................................................92

2.3.5 Dedicated EPS Bearer Establishment.......................................94


2.3.5.1 Network Initiated (IMS triggered during Call Establishment) ........94
2.3.5.1.1 Initial Conditions....................................................................94
2.3.5.1.2 Detailed Description..............................................................94
2.3.5.1.2 Detailed Description..............................................................98
- ii -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Table of Content
Radio Resource Control.......................................................101
3.1 Overview..............................................................................102
3.1.1 Transmission of broadcast information...................................103
3.1.2 Establish and maintain services..............................................103
3.1.3 QoS control.............................................................................103
3.1.4 Transfer of dedicated control information................................103

3.2 State Characteristics of RRC...............................................104


3.2.1 RRC_IDLE..............................................................................104
3.2.2 RRC_CONNECTED................................................................104

3.3 Signaling Radio Bearers (SRB)............................................106


3.3.1 Overview.................................................................................106
3.3.1.1 SRB0...........................................................................................106
3.3.1.2 SRB1...........................................................................................106
3.3.1.3 SRB2...........................................................................................106

3.3.2 Mapping of RRC-Messages to SRB's and to Channels..........108


3.3.2.1 Messages on BCCH (MIB and SIB)............................................108
3.3.2.2 Messages on PCCH and DL-CCCH............................................110
3.3.2.3 Messages on DL-DCCH and DL-DTCH......................................112
3.3.2.4 Messages on UL-CCCH, UL-DCCH and UL-DTCH....................114

3.4 Message Encoding through ASN.1 PER-unaligned..............116


3.4.1 Example: The ASN.1-Code of RRC_CONN_REQ .................116
3.4.2 and the compiled Message Structure (Tree View)..............118
3.4.3 Important Encoding Rules of ASN.1 PER-unaligned...............120
3.4.3.1 Handling of optional IE's..............................................................120
3.4.3.2 Selection among Options (CHOICE / ENUMERATED)...............122
3.4.3.3 Handling of IE's with variable Length..........................................124

3.4.4 Comprehension Check & Practical Exercise:


Encoding an RRC_CONN_REQ-Message......................................126

3.5 RRC Procedures..................................................................128


3.5.1 System Information Broadcast................................................128
3.5.1.1 Overview......................................................................................128
3.5.1.2 Overview of Functions of the System Information Blocks...........130
3.5.1.3 Example of an MIB......................................................................132
3.5.1.4 Example of an SIB1.....................................................................134
3.5.1.5 Example of an SIB2.....................................................................136
3.5.1.6 Example of an SIB3.....................................................................138

3.5.2 Connection Management Related Procedures........................140


3.5.2.1 Paging Procedure........................................................................140
3.5.2.2 RRC Connection Establishment Procedure................................142
3.5.2.2.1 SRB1 Default Configuration................................................144
3.5.2.2.2 Physical Layer Default Configuration..................................146
3.5.2.3 UE Capability Transfer Procedure...............................................148
3.5.2.4 RRC Initial Security Activation Procedure...................................150
3.5.2.5 RRC Connection Reconfiguration Procedure..............................152

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- iii -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)


3.5.2.5.1 SRB2 Default Configuration................................................154
3.5.2.6 Counter Check Procedure...........................................................156
3.5.2.7 RRC Connection Reestablishment Procedure............................158
3.5.2.8 RRC Connection Release Procedure..........................................160

3.5.3 Inter RAT RRC Procedures.....................................................162


3.5.4 E-UTRAN Measurements........................................................164
3.5.4.1 Overview......................................................................................164
3.5.4.2 Definition of Measurements in E-UTRAN....................................166
3.5.4.3 Measurement Events in E-UTRAN..............................................168
3.5.4.4 Measurement Definition in the Standard Measurement Object170
3.5.4.5 Measurement Definition in the Standard Report Configuration
and Measurement ID...............................................................................172
3.5.4.6 Structure Measurement Report...................................................174

3.5.5 Other RRC Procedures...........................................................176


3.5.6 RRC Procedure Delay.............................................................178
3.5.6.1 Introduction..................................................................................178
3.5.6.1 Values..........................................................................................180

3.5.7 Idle Mode Procedures Neighbor Cell Monitoring & Cell


Reselection......................................................................................182
3.5.7.1 Priority-Based Cell Reselection of Multi-RAT UE's.....................182
3.5.7.1.1 SPID - Subscriber Profile ID for RAT/Frequency priority....183
3.5.7.1.2 E-UTRAN priority-based Cell Reselection Details..............184
3.5.7.1.3 UTRAN priority-based Cell Reselection Details..................184
3.5.7.1.4 GERAN priority-based Cell Reselection Details.................185
3.5.7.2 Cell Selection in E-UTRAN..........................................................186
3.5.7.2.1 PLMN selection in E-UTRAN..............................................188
3.5.7.2.2 Cell Selection and Reselection...........................................188
3.5.7.2.3 Cell Selection Process........................................................188
3.5.7.2.4 Cell Selection Criterion.......................................................189
3.5.7.3 Cell Reselection Evaluation Process in E-UTRAN......................190
3.5.7.3.1 Reselection Priorities Handling...........................................190
3.5.7.3.2 Measurement Rules for Cell Re-Selection..........................192
3.5.7.3.3 Mobility States in E-UTRAN................................................194
3.5.7.3.4 Scaling Rules based on Mobility State...............................196
3.5.7.4 E-UTRAN Inter-Freq and IRAT Cell Reselection Criteria............198
3.5.7.5 Intra-Freq and equal Priority Inter-Freq Reselection Criteria......200
3.5.7.5.1 Cell Ranking Criterion in E-UTRAN for equal Priority interFreq and intra-Freq............................................................................202
3.5.7.6 Cell Reselection towards lower Priority E-UTRAN Freq or IRAT
Freq than Serving Freq............................................................................204

3.6 GERAN to E-UTRAN Cell Reselection.................................206


3.6.1 IRAT Measurements when camping in GSM or GPRS...........206
3.6.2 IRAT Cell Reselection based on Priority 2G to 3G / LTE.....208
3.6.2.1 Cell Reselection Criteria's...........................................................208
3.6.2.2 Cell Reselection from GERAN towards higher prioritized IRAT
Frequency................................................................................................212
3.6.2.3 Cell Reselection from GERAN towards lower prioritized IRAT
Frequency................................................................................................214

Lower Layers of the Uu-Interface: MAC, RLC & PDCP.....217


- iv -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Table of Content
4.1 Features of MAC..................................................................218
4.1.1 Overview.................................................................................218
4.1.1.1 Data transfer logical channels transport channels..............218
4.1.1.2 Radio resource allocation............................................................218
4.1.1.3 Special procedures......................................................................219

4.1.2 Radio Network Temporary Identifiers (RNTI's) in E-UTRAN...220


4.1.2.1 Usage of RNTI's..........................................................................220
4.1.2.1 RNTI Values................................................................................222

4.1.3 MAC Random Access Procedure............................................224


4.1.3.1 Contention Based Random Access Procedure...........................224
4.1.3.2 Non-contention based random access procedure.......................228

4.1.4 Structure of MAC-PDU............................................................230


4.1.4.1 MAC control element...................................................................231
4.1.4.2 Normal (non-transparent) MAC SDU...........................................231
4.1.4.3 Transparent MAC SDU................................................................231

4.1.5 MAC Control Elements............................................................232


4.1.5.1 Contention resolution ID..............................................................233
4.1.5.2 Timing Advance...........................................................................233
4.1.5.3 DRX.............................................................................................233
4.1.5.4 Padding.......................................................................................233
4.1.5.5 Power headroom report...............................................................233
4.1.5.6 C-RNTI........................................................................................233
4.1.5.7 Short, long and truncated buffer status reports...........................233

4.1.6 Practical Exercise: MAC Operation.........................................234


4.1.7 Practical Exercise: DL MAC PDU Construction.......................236
4.1.8 MAC Configuration..................................................................238
4.1.8.1 MAC Configuration in the Standard ............................................238

4.2 Features of RLC...................................................................240


4.2.1 Overview.................................................................................240
4.2.1.1 Data transfer................................................................................240
4.2.1.2 Error detection and recovery.......................................................240
4.2.1.3 Reset...........................................................................................241

4.2.2 Structure of RLC PDU.............................................................242


4.2.3 Structure of RLC AM with PDCP PDU Segments...................244
4.2.4 RLC Configuration...................................................................246
4.2.4.1 RLC Configuration in the Standard..............................................246

4.3 Features of PDCP................................................................248


4.3.1 Overview.................................................................................248
4.3.1.1 RoHC...........................................................................................248
4.3.1.2 Numbering of PDCP PDUs.........................................................248
4.3.1.3 In-sequence delivery of PDUs....................................................248
4.3.1.4 Duplicate deletion........................................................................248
4.3.1.5 Encryption....................................................................................249
4.3.1.6 Integrity Protection.......................................................................249

4.3.2 Structure of PDCP PDU..........................................................250


4.3.3 PDCP Configuration................................................................252
4.3.3.1 PDCP Configuration in the Standard...........................................252
INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

-v-

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)


4.4 How a TCP/IP MTU is reaching the UE / the Internet...........254
4.4.1 TCP/IP layer............................................................................254
4.4.2 PDCP layer.............................................................................254
4.4.3 RLC layer................................................................................254
4.4.4 MAC layer...............................................................................255
4.4.5 PHY layer................................................................................255

X2- and S1-Interfaces: X2AP- and S1-AP-Protocols.........257


5.1 The X2AP Protocol...............................................................258
5.1.1 Protocol Stack on the X2-interface..........................................258
5.1.2 Tasks & Functions...................................................................260
5.1.2.1 Mobility Management..................................................................260
5.1.2.2 Load Management.......................................................................260
5.1.2.3 X2-Interface Management...........................................................260

5.1.3 X2-based Handover Scenario.................................................262


5.1.3.1 Initial Conditions..........................................................................262
5.1.3.2 Detailed Description....................................................................264

5.2 The S1-AP Protocol.............................................................266


5.2.1 Overview & Introduction..........................................................266
5.2.2 S1-based Handover Scenario.................................................268
5.2.2.1 Initial Conditions..........................................................................268
5.2.2.2 Detailed Description....................................................................270

- vi -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Revisiting important Details of the EPS

Chapter 1:

Revisiting important Details of the EPS

Objectives
Some of your questions that will be answered during this session

How does the architecture of the LTE-network look like?

What are the tasks and functions of the new network elements?

How does security operate in LTE?

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

-1-

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

1.1 Architecture Overview


1.1.1 Evolved Packet Core in Context

The objective of this section is to depict the EPC as new network cloud in
context to the legacy and new network clouds.

Image Description

The image is split into two parts: in the upper part, the image illustrates the legacy
network parts and clouds which already exist with 3GPP Rel. 6 and 7.

These network parts and clouds are illustrated in gray color.

In the lower part, the new network clouds with Rel. 8 are depicted. They have
been colorized to provide for a better distinction from the legacy network clouds.

I-WLAN IP access from non-3GPP non-trusted access network may be achieved


either directly (lower option) or through the packet-switched core network domain
(upper option).

1.1.1.1 EPC vs. EPS


The two terms EPC and EPS can be distinguished as illustrated:

The EPC represents the core component of the EPS.

The EPS contains the EPC and the E-UTRAN (LTE) access network. However, it
does not contain the other access networks.

[3GTS 23.401, 3GTS 23.402]

-2-

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Revisiting important Details of the EPS

1.1.1.2 Non-3GPP Access Networks (trusted / non-trusted)

In the legacy part (gray) the image illustrates the so called non-3GPP non trusted
access networks which have been supported by 3GPP-recommendations since
Rel. 6.

New with Rel. 8 and SAE are the so called trusted non-3GPP access networks.
Those trusted non-3GPP access networks comply to an EPC-operator's security
requirements [3GTS 33.402 (4.2)] and are therefore granted direct access to the
EPC.
Whether a non-3GPP access network is trusted or untrusted is ...
1. either pre-configured in the UE or ...

2. the UE learns the trust relationship during EAP-AKA authentication through


that access network from its home-PLMN.
3. Yet another option is that the selected access network does not at all support
EAP-AKA authentication in which case the UE determines that it camps on
an untrusted non-3GPP access network.
The major difference for the UE with respect to the trust relationship of the selected
non-3GPP access network is that in "untrusted case" the UE must establish an
IPsec-tunnel through IKEv2 with an ePDG in the EPC [3GTS 33.402 (8)].
The illustrated IPsec-tunnel through the non-3GPP trusted access network is only
necessary in case the S2c-interface is used and it comes without interface name.

Abbreviations of this Section:

AKA

Authentication and key agreement


(3GTS 33.102)

IKEv2

Internet Key Exchange protocol /


version 2 (RFC 4306)

E-UTRAN Evolved UMTS (Universal Mobile


Telecommunication System)
Terrestrial Radio Access Network

IPsec

Internet Protocol / secure (RFC


4301)

EAP

Extensible Authentication Protocol


(RFC 3748)

LTE

Long Term Evolution (of UMTS)

EAP-AKA

Extensible Authentication Protocol


method for 3rd generation
Authentication and Key Agreement
(RFC 4187)

PLMN

Public Land Mobile Network

EPC

Evolved Packet Core (3GTS 23.401)


(Rel. 8 onwards)

SAE

System Architecture Evolution

EPS

Evolved Packet System

UE

User Equipment

I-WLAN

Interworking WLAN (Wireless Local


Area Network) (3GTS 23.234)

UTRAN

UMTS (Universal Mobile


Telecommunication System)
Terrestrial Radio Access Network

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

-3-

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

1.1.2 Zoom into the EPS

The objectives of this section are to:


1.Illustrate the inner structure of the EPC and the E-UTRAN.
2. Point out the "one-to-many" nature of the interconnections within the EPS.
Key point of this section is that there is no more RNC or BSC within the
access network.

Image Description
The image depicts another time the two network clouds EPC and E-UTRAN and
illustrates the physical interconnections (black lines) of the various network
elements to the two IP-backbone networks.
[3GTS 23.401 (5.3.2)]

-4-

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Revisiting important Details of the EPS

1.1.2.1 Functional Overview of Core Network Elements within the EPC

The MME or Mobility Management Entity takes care of various control plane
functions like mobility management and session management.

The S-GW or Serving Gateway is the peer of the MME within the user plane and
its functions evolve around packet data routing and forwarding.

The PDN-Gateway has similar functions as the Serving Gateway but it remains
the anchor during a packet data connection even if MME and S-GW are
swapped. It is feasible to assume that GGSN's will typically be upgraded into
PDN-GW's.

S-GW and PDN-GW may easily be integrated into a single box in order to save
hardware and latency. A combination of MME and S-GW is probably less appealing
because the MME is a very slim hardware box.

The ePDG is required to interconnect non-trusted non-3GPP networks to the


EPC. Its functions evolve around tunnel termination towards the UE and the nontrusted non-3GPP access network.

Abbreviations of this Section:

BSC

Base Station Controller

MME

Mobility Management Entity (3GTS


23.401) (Rel. 8 onwards)

E-UTRAN Evolved UMTS (Universal Mobile


Telecommunication System)
Terrestrial Radio Access Network

PDN-GW

Packet Data Network Gateway (part


of EPC)

eNB

Enhanced Node B

PLMN

Public Land Mobile Network

EPC

Evolved Packet Core (3GTS 23.401)


(Rel. 8 onwards)

RNC

Radio Network Controller

ePDG

evolved Packet Data Gateway (3GTS


23.402)

S-GW

Serving Gateway (3GTS 23.401)

EPS

Evolved Packet System

UE

User Equipment

GGSN

Gateway GPRS Support Node

UTRAN

UMTS (Universal Mobile


Telecommunication System)
Terrestrial Radio Access Network

IP

Internet Protocol (RFC 791)

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

-5-

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

1.1.3 Network Elements and their Functions within the EPC


1.1.3.1 Mobility Management Entity (MME)
1.1.3.1.1 Characteristics

The objective of this section is to illustrate the most important characteristics


of the MME.

Image Description

The MME is a network element that takes care of control plane tasks.

The MME may physically be part of an SGSN or S-GW or it may be setup as a


stand-alone network element.

MME's are typically organized in pool areas (S1Flex) to provide for load balancing
among the MME's which belong to the same pool. All eNodeB's which belong to
the related E-UTRAN pool areas shall have access to the MME's belonging to this
MME-pool area(s).
[3GTS 23.002 (4.1.4.1), 3GTS 23.401 (4.4.2)]

1.1.3.1.2 Identification

-6-

Each MME is identified by using an MME Group ID (MMEGI), and an MME Code
(MMEC). Both parameters together form the MMEI [3GTS 23003 (19.4.2.4)].

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Revisiting important Details of the EPS

Room for your Notes:

Abbreviations of this Section:

3GTS

3rd Generation Technical


Specification

MMEC

MME Code

E-UTRAN Evolved UMTS (Universal Mobile


Telecommunication System)
Terrestrial Radio Access Network

MMEGI

MME Group Identity

EPC

Evolved Packet Core (3GTS 23.401)


(Rel. 8 onwards)

MMEI

MME Identity

GW

Gateway

SGSN

Serving GPRS Support Node

ID

Identity

UTRAN

UMTS (Universal Mobile


Telecommunication System)
Terrestrial Radio Access Network

MME

Mobility Management Entity (3GTS


23.401) (Rel. 8 onwards)

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

-7-

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

1.1.3.1.3 Interfaces & Protocols

The objectives of this section are to illustrate the MME, its interfaces towards
other network elements and the protocol stacks used on these interfaces.

Image Description

The green color used for the interfaces indicates the control plane relationship of
a protocol or an interface.

The interface towards the UE is depicted to illustrate the NAS-protocol


involvement of the MME. Obviously, this interface is realized over S1-AP and Uu.

The S102-interface towards the cdma2000 access network is only necessary in


case of circuit-switched fallback for cdma2000-networks and it is also required to
support SRVCC.

The Sv-interface is required to support the SRVCC-feature. The Sv-interface is


described in more detail in 3GTS 29.280.

[3GTS 23.401 (5.1)]

-8-

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Revisiting important Details of the EPS

Room for your Notes:

Abbreviations of this Section:

1xCSIWS

1x Circuit Switched Interworking


Solution Function (3GTS 29.277)

HSS

Home Subscriber Server [3GTS


23.002]. HSS replaces the HLR with
3GPP Rel. 5

DIAMETER

Successor of the RADIUS protocol

MME

Mobility Management Entity (3GTS


23.401) (Rel. 8 onwards)

E-UTRAN

Evolved UMTS (Universal Mobile


Telecommunication System)
Terrestrial Radio Access Network

MSC

Mobile Services Switching Center

EIR

Equipment Identity Register

MSC-S

MSC-Server

EMM

EPS Mobility Management (3GTS


24.301)

NAS

Non-Access-Stratum

eNB

Enhanced Node B

S1-AP

S1 Application Part

EPC

Evolved Packet Core (3GTS


23.401) (Rel. 8 onwards)

SCTP

Stream Control Transmission


Protocol (RFC 2960)

ESM

EPS Session Management (3GTS


24.301)

SGSN

Serving GPRS Support Node

GTP

GPRS Tunneling Protocol (3GTS


29.060)

TCP

Transmission Control Protocol

GTP-C

GTP Control Plane

UDP

User Datagram Protocol (RFC 768)

GW

Gateway

UTRAN

UMTS (Universal Mobile


Telecommunication System)
Terrestrial Radio Access Network

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

-9-

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

1.1.3.1.4 Tasks & Functions of the MME


1.1.3.1.4.1 NAS-Signaling towards the UE

The objective of this section is to illustrate the MME as peer of the eNodeB
and the UE for different signaling tasks.
The MME and the UE use the physical resources of the LTE-Uu-interface and the
S1-interface to exchange NAS-signaling [3GTS 24.301] which relates to EMM and
ESM.
1.1.3.1.4.2 S1-Signaling towards the eNodeB
MME and eNodeB use the S1-AP-protocol for various tasks as stated in the
image.
[3GTS 36.413]

- 10 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Revisiting important Details of the EPS

Room for your Notes:

Abbreviations of this Section:

3GTS

3rd Generation Technical


Specification

MME

Mobility Management Entity (3GTS


23.401) (Rel. 8 onwards)

EMM

EPS Mobility Management (3GTS


24.301)

NAS

Non-Access-Stratum

ESM

EPS Session Management (3GTS


24.301)

S1-AP

S1 Application Part

LTE

Long Term Evolution (of UMTS)

UE

User Equipment

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 11 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

1.1.3.1.4.3 S-GW and P-GW Selection

The objective of this section is to illustrate the responsibility of the different


network elements to select specific entities inside their pools to become
responsible for a certain UE.
Image Description

It is the eNodeB that selects the MME out of an MME-pool.

The selection of the S-GW is done based on O&M-constraints.


Nevertheless, if the possibility is there to select an S-GW which is integrated with
the selected P-GW, the MME shall prefer this choice.

The selection of the P-GW is either predefined through a decision of the HSS of
the registering UE or the MME may apply route optimizing decisions, e.g. by
selecting a local P-GW in the V-PLMN in case of roaming.
The aforementioned route optimization is frequently called local breakout.
[3GTS 23.882 (7.2)]

[3GTS 23.401 (4.3.8)]

- 12 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Revisiting important Details of the EPS

1.1.3.1.4.4 Other Selection Functions

In addition to the aforementioned selection functions the MME is also responsible


to select the new MME in case of a handover with MME-change.

Besides, the MME will select the SGSN in case of inter-RAT handovers to GSM
or UMTS, if the packet-switched core network in the 2G/3G-domain supports the
IuFlex-feature.

Room for your Notes:

Abbreviations of this Section:

3GTS

3rd Generation Technical


Specification

RAT

Radio Access Technology (e.g.


GERAN, UTRAN, ...)

GSM

Global System for Mobile


Communication

SGSN

Serving GPRS Support Node

HSS

Home Subscriber Server [3GTS


23.002]. HSS replaces the HLR with
3GPP Rel. 5

UE

User Equipment

MME

Mobility Management Entity (3GTS


23.401) (Rel. 8 onwards)

UMTS

Universal Mobile Telecommunication


System

O&M

Operation and Maintenance

V-PLMN

Visited PLMN

PLMN

Public Land Mobile Network

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 13 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

1.1.3.1.4.5 Local Breakout

The objective of this section is to explain the term "local breakout".


Key point of this section is to bear in mind that local breakout basically
relates to "route optimization" in case of roaming.

Local breakout requires the UE to using two IP-addresses because traffic from
outside needs an unambiguous route to the UE and previously to two separate
PDN-gateways.
It is obvious that local breakout will save latency and bandwidth, because the blue
link to the server is essentially shorter than the red link.
1.1.3.1.4.5 IMS and Local Breakout

Local breakout is particularly interesting in case of roaming and IMS-access.

In that case, it may be desirable to allow the user data traffic to "breakout" locally
in the V-PLMN whereas the SIP-signaling must in any case be routed to the IMS
in the H-PLMN (according to the IMS-rules).

[3GTR 23.882 (7.2)]

- 14 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Revisiting important Details of the EPS

Room for your Notes:

Abbreviations of this Section:

3GTR

3rd Generation Technical Report

IMS

Internet Protocol Multimedia Core


Network Subsystem (Rel. 5 onwards)

E-UTRAN Evolved UMTS (Universal Mobile


Telecommunication System)
Terrestrial Radio Access Network

IP

Internet Protocol (RFC 791)

EPC

Evolved Packet Core (3GTS 23.401)


(Rel. 8 onwards)

PLMN

Public Land Mobile Network

H-PLMN

Home PLMN

SIP

Session Initiation Protocol (RFC


3261)

HSS

Home Subscriber Server [3GTS


23.002]. HSS replaces the HLR with
3GPP Rel. 5

UTRAN

UMTS (Universal Mobile


Telecommunication System)
Terrestrial Radio Access Network

V-PLMN

Visited PLMN

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 15 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

1.1.3.2 Serving Gateway (S-GW)


1.1.3.2.1 Characteristics

The objective of this section is to illustrate the most important characteristics


of the S-GW.
[23.002 (4.1.4.2.1), 23.401 (4.4.3.3)]
Image Description

The S-GW represents the user plane side of the MME

Although the S-GW is logically a separate network element from the PDN-GW ,
the two network elements may physically be integrated into a single network
element (e.g. to save on latency).

S-GW's are typically organized into S-GW pools to provide for load balancing
among the S-GW's which belong to the same service area.

All eNodeB's which belong the related E-UTRAN pool areas shall have access to
the S-GW's belonging to this S-GW service area.

1.1.3.2.2 Identification

- 16 -

An S-GW has no EPS-specific identifiers and is identified by means of IPaddresses and URL's.

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Revisiting important Details of the EPS

Room for your Notes:

Abbreviations of this Section:

E-UTRAN Evolved UMTS (Universal Mobile


Telecommunication System)
Terrestrial Radio Access Network

S-GW

Serving Gateway (3GTS 23.401)

EPS

Evolved Packet System

SGSN

Serving GPRS Support Node

MME

Mobility Management Entity (3GTS


23.401) (Rel. 8 onwards)

URL

Uniform Resource Locator (RFC


1738)

PDN

Packet Data Network

UTRAN

UMTS (Universal Mobile


Telecommunication System)
Terrestrial Radio Access Network

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 17 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

1.1.3.2.3 Interfaces & Protocols

The objectives of this section are to illustrate the S-GW, its interfaces
towards other network elements and the protocol stacks used on these
interfaces.

Image Description

The green color of an interface indicates the control plane relationship of a


protocol or an interface. Likewise, orange color indicates user plane relationship.
Note that on S5 and S8 interface it is an operator choice to implement either GTP
or PMIPv6 together with GRE. Irrespective of this choice, the S-GW must support
GTP on various other interfaces like for example towards MME, eNodeB or RNC.

[3GTS 23.401 (5.1), 23.402 (5.1)]

- 18 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Revisiting important Details of the EPS

Room for your Notes:

Abbreviations of this Section:

DIAMETER Successor of the RADIUS protocol

MME

Mobility Management Entity (3GTS


23.401) (Rel. 8 onwards)

E-UTRAN

Evolved UMTS (Universal Mobile


Telecommunication System)
Terrestrial Radio Access Network

PCRF

Policy and Charging Rules Function


(3GTS 23.203)

eNB

Enhanced Node B

PDN

Packet Data Network

EPC

Evolved Packet Core (3GTS


23.401) (Rel. 8 onwards)

PLMN

Public Land Mobile Network

GRE

Generic Routing Encapsulation


(RFC 2784)

PMIPv6

Proxy Mobile IPv6

GTP

GPRS Tunneling Protocol (3GTS


29.060)

RNC

Radio Network Controller

GTP-C

GTP Control Plane

S-GW

Serving Gateway (3GTS 23.401)

GTP-U

GTP User Plane

SCTP

Stream Control Transmission


Protocol (RFC 2960)

H-PLMN

Home PLMN

SGSN

Serving GPRS Support Node

HSGW

HRPD Serving Gateway (cdma2000 TCP


term)

Transmission Control Protocol

IP

Internet Protocol (RFC 791)

UDP

User Datagram Protocol (RFC 768)

UTRAN

UMTS (Universal Mobile


Telecommunication System)
Terrestrial Radio Access Network

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 19 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

1.1.3.2.4 Tasks & Functions of the S-GW

The objective of this section is to illustrate the tasks and functions of the SGW.

1.1.3.2.4.1 Packet Routing / Relaying


1.1.3.2.4.2 Legal Interception
1.1.3.2.4.3 QCI-based Packet Tagging
When the S-GW receives IP-packets in uplink or downlink direction it will check the
related QCI-value based on the relationship of the packet to a certain service data
flow and handle the packet accordingly, e.g. relay it to the responsible GTP-tunnel or
GRE-tunnel.
1.1.3.2.4.4 Accounting
[3GTS 23.401 (4.4.3.2), 23.402 (4.3.3.2)]

- 20 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Revisiting important Details of the EPS

Room for your Notes:

Abbreviations of this Section:

3GTS

3rd Generation Technical


Specification

IP

Internet Protocol (RFC 791)

GRE

Generic Routing Encapsulation (RFC


2784)

QCI

QoS Class Identifier

GTP

GPRS Tunneling Protocol (3GTS


29.060)

S-GW

Serving Gateway (3GTS 23.401)

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 21 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

1.1.3.3 PDN Gateway (P-GW or PDN-GW)


1.1.3.3.1 Characteristics

The objective of this section is to illustrate the most important characteristics


of the P-GW.

Image Description

The home agent function is only applicable if the UE accesses the P-GW through
one of the interfaces S2a, S2b or S2c.

It may make sense to build only combined S-GW / P-GW nodes in order to save
latency. However, this requires interconnection points to the external PDN at the
location of every S-GW.

1.1.3.3.2 Identification

A P-GW is identified by means of IP-addresses and URL's.

In addition and by means of specific DNS-resolution, a P-GW is logically identified


through APN's which refer to a specific service (PDN-access) that a given P-GW
can provide (see section 2.1.2.1.1).

[23.002 (4.1.4.2.2), 23.401 (4.3.3.3), 23402 (4.4.3.3)]

- 22 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Revisiting important Details of the EPS

Room for your Notes:

Abbreviations of this Section:

APN

Access Point Name (Reference to a


GGSN)

P-GW

Packet Data Network Gateway (part


of EPC)

DNS

Domain Name System

PDN

Packet Data Network

EPC

Evolved Packet Core (3GTS 23.401)


(Rel. 8 onwards)

PDN-GW

Packet Data Network Gateway (part


of EPC)

GGSN

Gateway GPRS Support Node

PMIPv6

Proxy Mobile IPv6 (RFC 5213)

HoA

Home Address

S-GW

Serving Gateway (3GTS 23.401)

LMA

Local Mobility Anchor (RFC 5213)

URL

Uniform Resource Locator (RFC


1738)

MIPv4

Mobile IP Version 4

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 23 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

1.1.3.3.3 Interfaces & Protocols

The objectives of this section are to illustrate the P-GW, its interfaces
towards other network elements and the protocol stacks used on these
interfaces.

Image Description

The green color indicates the control plane relationship of a protocol or an


interface. Likewise, orange color indicates user plane relationship.

The ESP-tunnel over S2c has been established using EAP-AKA over IKEv2.

The protocol layer Application comprises among others http, SIP, RTP (with
voice or video).
[3GTS 23.401 (5.1), 23.402 (5.1)]
DSMIPv6

- 24 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Revisiting important Details of the EPS

Room for your Notes:

Abbreviations of this Section:

AAA

Authentication, Authorization and


Accounting

MIPv4

Mobile IP Version 4

DIAMETER Successor of the RADIUS protocol

NAT

Network Address Translation (RFC


1631)

DSMIPv6

Dual Stack Mobile IPv6

P-GW

Packet Data Network Gateway (part


of EPC)

EAP-AKA

Extensible Authentication Protocol


method for 3rd generation
Authentication and Key Agreement
(RFC 4187)

PCRF

Policy and Charging Rules Function


(3GTS 23.203)

EPC

Evolved Packet Core (3GTS 23.401) PLMN


(Rel. 8 onwards)

Public Land Mobile Network

ESP

Encapsulating Security Payload


(RFC 4303)

Proxy Mobile IPv6 (RFC 5213)

GRE

Generic Routing Encapsulation (RFC RTP


2784)

Real-time Transport Protocol (RFC


3550, RFC 3551)

GTP

GPRS Tunneling Protocol (3GTS


29.060)

SCTP

Stream Control Transmission


Protocol (RFC 2960)

GTP-C

GTP Control Plane

SGi

Reference Point in LTE

GTP-U

GTP User Plane

SIP

Session Initiation Protocol (RFC


3261)

IKEv2

Internet Key Exchange protocol /


version 2 (RFC 4306)

TCP

Transmission Control Protocol

IMS

Internet Protocol Multimedia Core


Network Subsystem (Rel. 5
onwards)

UDP

User Datagram Protocol (RFC 768)

IPv4

Internet Protocol (version 4)

V-PLMN

Visited PLMN

PMIPv6

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 25 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

1.1.3.3.4 Tasks & Functions of the P-GW

The objective of this section is to present the tasks and functions of the PGW.

1.1.3.3.4.1 UE IP Address Allocation


1.1.3.3.4.2 QCI-based Packet Tagging

The P-GW performs this task as part of the classification and according to the
installed QoS-policy.

Based on the installed DL-TFT, the QCI is determined and traffic handling rules
are determined.

1.1.3.3.4.3 Policy Enforcement

- 26 -

Traffic shaping: Delay data packet transmission until resources become available.

Traffic policing: Discard packet if no resources to transmit them are available.

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Revisiting important Details of the EPS

1.1.3.3.4.4 Legal Interception

Question No 1: Why does the P-GW perform legal interception and the S-GW and,
as you will see, the ePDG, too?

1.1.3.3.4.5 Home Agent Function


[3GTS 23.401 (4.4.3.3), 23.402 (4.3.3.3)]

Room for your Notes:

Abbreviations of this Section:

3GTS

3rd Generation Technical


Specification

PMIPv6

Proxy Mobile IPv6 (RFC 5213)

DL

Downlink

QCI

QoS Class Identifier

DSMIPv6 Dual Stack Mobile IPv6

QoS

Quality of Service

GW

Gateway

S-GW

Serving Gateway (3GTS 23.401)

IP

Internet Protocol (RFC 791)

TFT

Traffic Flow Template

LMA

Local Mobility Anchor (RFC 5213)

UE

User Equipment

P-GW

Packet Data Network Gateway (part


of EPC)

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 27 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

1.1.3.4 enhanced Packet Data Gateway (ePDG)


1.1.3.4.1 Characteristics

The objective of this section is to illustrate the most important characteristics


of the ePDG.

Image Description

The ePDG is an enhanced PDG as defined in Release 6. Please recall that a


PDG usually was physically broken down into two parts: one inside the GGSN
and one inside the TTG [3GTS 23.234].

The selection of an ePDG through the UE occurs either through static


configuration or dynamically [3GTS 23.402 (4.5.4)].

1.1.3.4.2 Identification

An ePDG has no EPS-specific identifiers and is identified by means of IPaddresses and URL's.

[3GTS 23.402 (4.3.4)]

- 28 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Revisiting important Details of the EPS

Room for your Notes:

Abbreviations of this Section:

3GTS

3rd Generation Technical


Specification

PDG

Packet Data Gateway

EPS

Evolved Packet System

TTG

Tunnel Termination Gateway

GGSN

Gateway GPRS Support Node

UE

User Equipment

IP

Internet Protocol (RFC 791)

URL

Uniform Resource Locator (RFC


1738)

MAG

Mobile Access Gateway (RFC 5213)

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 29 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

1.1.3.4.3 Interfaces & Protocols

The objectives of this section are to illustrate the ePDG, its interfaces
towards other network elements and the protocol stacks used on these
interfaces.

Image Description

The green color indicates the control plane relationship of a protocol or an


interface. Likewise, orange color indicates user plane relationship. The black lines
represent physical links which are used to piggyback the SWu-interface.

The ESP-tunnel over S2c has been established using EAP-AKA over IKEv2.

The Gxb-interface as depicted in the image is currently not specified.


[3GTS 23.401 (5.1), 23.402 (5.1)]

- 30 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Revisiting important Details of the EPS

Room for your Notes:

Abbreviations of this Section:

AAA

Authentication, Authorization and


Accounting

GRE

Generic Routing Encapsulation (RFC


2784)

AKA

Authentication and key agreement


(3GTS 33.102)

IKEv2

Internet Key Exchange protocol /


version 2 (RFC 4306)

DIAMETER

Successor of the RADIUS protocol

IP

Internet Protocol (RFC 791)

EAP

Extensible Authentication Protocol


(RFC 3748)

PCRF

Policy and Charging Rules Function


(3GTS 23.203)

EAP-AKA

Extensible Authentication Protocol


method for 3rd generation
Authentication and Key Agreement
(RFC 4187)

PMIPv6

Proxy Mobile IPv6 (RFC 5213)

EPC

Evolved Packet Core (3GTS


23.401) (Rel. 8 onwards)

SCTP

Stream Control Transmission


Protocol (RFC 2960)

ePDG

evolved Packet Data Gateway


(3GTS 23.402)

TCP

Transmission Control Protocol

ESP

Encapsulating Security Payload


(RFC 4303)

UDP

User Datagram Protocol (RFC 768)

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 31 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

1.1.3.4.4 Tasks & Functions of the ePDG

The objective of this section is to present the tasks and functions of the
ePDG.

1.1.3.4.4.1 ESP-Tunnel Mgmt towards UE's


The allocated IP-address is just relayed by the ePDG. It stems from the P-GW.
1.1.3.4.4.2 QoS-specific Packet Tagging in UL-Direction
1.1.3.4.4.3 Legal Interception
1.1.3.4.4.4 MAG-Function for PMIPv6
[3GTS 23.402 (4.3.4)]

- 32 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Revisiting important Details of the EPS

Room for your Notes:

Abbreviations of this Section:

3GTS

3rd Generation Technical


Specification

P-GW

Packet Data Network Gateway (part


of EPC)

ePDG

evolved Packet Data Gateway (3GTS


23.402)

PMIPv6

Proxy Mobile IPv6 (RFC 5213)

ESP

Encapsulating Security Payload (RFC


4303)

QoS

Quality of Service

GW

Gateway

UE

User Equipment

IP

Internet Protocol (RFC 791)

UL

Uplink

MAG

Mobile Access Gateway (RFC 5213)

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 33 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

1.2 Protocol Stacks


1.2.1 Control Plane / E-UTRAN - EPC

The objectives of this section are to depict the protocols which are related to
the control plane between UE, MME and HSS and to highlight whether these
protocols are E-UTRAN-specific, EPC-specific or generic.

Image Description

- 34 -

The ESM- and EMM-protocols are referred to as NAS-protocols.

Since ESM-messages may be piggybacked inside EMM-messages, the ESMprotocol has been depicted as illustrated above.

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Revisiting important Details of the EPS

Room for your Notes:

Abbreviations of this Section:

DIAMETER Successor of the RADIUS protocol

PDCP

Packet Data Convergence Protocol

E-UTRAN

Evolved UMTS (Universal Mobile


Telecommunication System)
Terrestrial Radio Access Network

PHY

Physical Layer

EMM

EPS Mobility Management (3GTS


24.301)

RLC

Radio Link Control

EPC

Evolved Packet Core (3GTS 23.401) RRC


(Rel. 8 onwards)

Radio Resource Control

ESM

EPS Session Management (3GTS


24.301)

S1 Application Part

HSS

Home Subscriber Server [3GTS


SCTP
23.002]. HSS replaces the HLR with
3GPP Rel. 5

Stream Control Transmission


Protocol (RFC 2960)

IP

Internet Protocol (RFC 791)

TCP

Transmission Control Protocol

MAC

Medium Access Control

UE

User Equipment

MME

Mobility Management Entity (3GTS


23.401) (Rel. 8 onwards)

UTRAN

UMTS (Universal Mobile


Telecommunication System)
Terrestrial Radio Access Network

NAS

Non-Access-Stratum

S1-AP

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 35 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

1.2.2 User Plane E-UTRAN EPC (S5/S8 GTP-based)

The objectives of this section are to depict the protocols which are related to
the user plane between UE and PDN-GW in case that GTP is applied on S5/
S8 and to highlight whether these protocols are E-UTRAN-specific, EPCspecific of generic.

- 36 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Revisiting important Details of the EPS

Room for your Notes:

Abbreviations of this Section:

DIAMETER

Successor of the RADIUS protocol

PDCP

Packet Data Convergence Protocol

E-UTRAN

Evolved UMTS (Universal Mobile


Telecommunication System)
Terrestrial Radio Access Network

PDN-GW

Packet Data Network Gateway (part


of EPC)

EPC

Evolved Packet Core (3GTS


23.401) (Rel. 8 onwards)

PHY

Physical Layer

GTP

GPRS Tunneling Protocol (3GTS


29.060)

RLC

Radio Link Control

GTP-C

GTP Control Plane

S-GW

Serving Gateway (3GTS 23.401)

GTP-U

GTP User Plane

S1-AP

S1 Application Part

HSS

Home Subscriber Server [3GTS


23.002]. HSS replaces the HLR
with 3GPP Rel. 5

SCTP

Stream Control Transmission


Protocol (RFC 2960)

IP

Internet Protocol (RFC 791)

TCP

Transmission Control Protocol

MAC

Medium Access Control

UDP

User Datagram Protocol (RFC 768)

MME

Mobility Management Entity (3GTS UE


23.401) (Rel. 8 onwards)

User Equipment

NAT

Network Address Translation (RFC


1631)

UMTS (Universal Mobile


Telecommunication System)
Terrestrial Radio Access Network

UTRAN

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 37 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

1.2.3 User Plane E-UTRAN EPC (S5/S8 PMIPv6/GRE-based)

The objectives of this section are to depict the protocols which are related to
the user plane between UE and PDN-GW in case that GRE is applied on S5/
S8 and to highlight whether these protocols are E-UTRAN-specific, EPCspecific of generic.

- 38 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Revisiting important Details of the EPS

Room for your Notes:

Abbreviations of this Section:

E-UTRAN Evolved UMTS (Universal Mobile


Telecommunication System)
Terrestrial Radio Access Network

PDN

Packet Data Network

EPC

Evolved Packet Core (3GTS 23.401)


(Rel. 8 onwards)

PDN-GW

Packet Data Network Gateway (part


of EPC)

GRE

Generic Routing Encapsulation (RFC


2784)

PHY

Physical Layer

GTP

GPRS Tunneling Protocol (3GTS


29.060)

PMIPv6

Proxy Mobile IPv6 (RFC 5213)

GTP-U

GTP User Plane

RLC

Radio Link Control

HSS

Home Subscriber Server [3GTS


23.002]. HSS replaces the HLR with
3GPP Rel. 5

S-GW

Serving Gateway (3GTS 23.401)

IP

Internet Protocol (RFC 791)

SCTP

Stream Control Transmission


Protocol (RFC 2960)

MAC

Medium Access Control

TCP

Transmission Control Protocol

MME

Mobility Management Entity (3GTS


23.401) (Rel. 8 onwards)

UDP

User Datagram Protocol (RFC 768)

NAT

Network Address Translation (RFC


1631)

UE

User Equipment

PDCP

Packet Data Convergence Protocol

UTRAN

UMTS (Universal Mobile


Telecommunication System)
Terrestrial Radio Access Network

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 39 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

1.3 Security Architecture


1.3.1 Overview & Introduction

The objective of this section is to introduce the most important


characteristics of the EPS security architecture.

- 40 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Revisiting important Details of the EPS

1.3.1.1 Essentials
Please note that eNodeB also includes home eNodeB's.

1.3.1.2 EPS-AKA
1.3.1.3 Security is performed independently in two protocol layers
Question No 2: What are the reasons from your perspective to introduce security
on two different layers?

1.3.1.4 Algorithms

Abbreviations of this Section:

AES

Advanced Encryption Standard /


Cipher Key Lengths: 128 bit, 192 bit
or 256 bit

HSS

Home Subscriber Server [3GTS


23.002]. HSS replaces the HLR with
3GPP Rel. 5

ASME

Access Security Management Entity

IK

Integrity Key (3GTS 33.102)

AUTN

Authentication Token (3GTS 33.102)

MME

Mobility Management Entity (3GTS


23.401) (Rel. 8 onwards)

CK

Ciphering Key (3GTS 33.102)

NAS

Non-Access-Stratum

DRB

Data Radio Bearer

PDCP

Packet Data Convergence Protocol

EEA

EPS Encryption Algorithm (3GTS


33.401)

RAND

Random Number

EIA

EPS Integrity Protection Algorithm


(3GTS 33.401)

RES

Response

EMM

EPS Mobility Management (3GTS


24.301)

RRC

Radio Resource Control

EPS-AKA

Evolved Packet SystemAuthentication and Key Agreement


(3GTS 33.401)

SHA

Secure Hash Algorithm

ESM

EPS Session Management (3GTS


24.301)

SRB

Signaling Radio Bearer

HLR

Home Location Register

UE

User Equipment

HMAC

Keyed Hashing for Message


Authentication (RFC 2104)

UMTS

Universal Mobile Telecommunication


System

USIM

Universal Subscriber Identity Module

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 41 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

1.3.2 Operation of UMTS-AKA

The objective of this section is to depict the operation of the UMTS-AKA.


Key point of this section is that the illustrated algorithms f1 f5 are operator
specific.
[3GTS 33.102]

- 42 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Revisiting important Details of the EPS

Room for your Notes:

Abbreviations of this Section:

3GTS

3rd Generation Technical


Specification

IK

Integrity Key (3GTS 33.102)

AK

Anonymity Key (3GTS 33.102)

MAC

Message Authentication Code

AKA

Authentication and key agreement


(3GTS 33.102)

RAND

Random Number

AMF

Authentication management field


(3GTS 33.102)

SQN

Sequence number (used in UMTSsecurity architecture / 3GTS 33.102)

AUTN

Authentication Token (3GTS 33.102)

UMTS

Universal Mobile Telecommunication


System

CK

Ciphering Key (3GTS 33.102)

XRES

Expected Response (3GTS 33.102)

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 43 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

1.3.3 Key Derivation Function (KDF)

The objective of this section is to illustrate the principles of the key derivation
function used within the EPS-environment.
[3GTS 33.401 (A.1.1)]

- 44 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Revisiting important Details of the EPS

Room for your Notes:

Abbreviations of this Section:

3GTS

3rd Generation Technical


Specification

KDF

Key Derivation Function (3GTS


33.401)

EPS

Evolved Packet System

SHA

Secure Hash Algorithm

HMAC

Keyed Hashing for Message


Authentication (RFC 2104)

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 45 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

1.3.3.1 Comprehension Check & Practical Exercise:


The KDF S(10) for K(ASME)

The objective of this section is to illustrate to the student how the key
K(ASME) is derived from concatenated information elements and the CK
and IK derived from the UMTS-AKA.

Question No 3: Fill in the input parameters to derive K(ASME) applying the S(10)
key derivation function.
to be continued on the next page

- 46 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Revisiting important Details of the EPS

Room for your Notes:

Abbreviations of this Section:

ASME

Access Security Management Entity

KDF

Key Derivation Function (3GTS


33.401)

CK

Ciphering Key (3GTS 33.102)

SHA

Secure Hash Algorithm

HMAC

Keyed Hashing for Message


Authentication (RFC 2104)

UMTSAKA

Universal Mobile Telecommunication


System - Authentication and Key
Agreement (3GTS 33.102)

IK

Integrity Key (3GTS 33.102)

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 47 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

1.3.3.1.1 Input Parameters

The secret input parameters are IK and CK with a length of 16 octets each. They
stem from a previous run of UMTS-AKA [3GTS 33.102].

Other input parameters are the serving network identity (MCC + MNC) and SQN
(xor) AK which also stems from the previous run of UMTS-AKA.
Although CK and IK together provide a key length of 256 bits and although the
length of K(ASME) is 256 bit, the efficient key length is ultimately restricted by the
subscriber key Ki with a length of only 128 bit.

[3GTS 33.401 (A.2)]

- 48 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Revisiting important Details of the EPS

Room for your Notes:

Abbreviations of this Section:

3GTS

3rd Generation Technical


Specification

IK

Integrity Key (3GTS 33.102)

AK

Anonymity Key (3GTS 33.102)

MCC

Mobile Country Code [ITU-T E.212]

ASME

Access Security Management Entity

MNC

Mobile Network Code

CK

Ciphering Key (3GTS 33.102)

SQN

Sequence number (used in UMTSsecurity architecture / 3GTS 33.102)

UMTSAKA

Universal Mobile Telecommunication


System - Authentication and Key
Agreement (3GTS 33.102)

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 49 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

1.3.4 EPS-AKA in Operation during Initial Attach Procedure

The objective of this section is to illustrate how the MME, the eNodeB and
the UE determine the different security keys which are required within the
EPS.

- 50 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Revisiting important Details of the EPS

Question No 4: Fill in the missing keys (<=> K(xyz)) into the image.

Room for your Notes:

Abbreviations of this Section:

ASME

Access Security Management Entity

NAS

Non-Access-Stratum

AUTN

Authentication Token (3GTS 33.102)

PLMN

Public Land Mobile Network

CK

Ciphering Key (3GTS 33.102)

PS

Packet Switched

CRC

Cyclic Redundancy Check

RAND

Random Number

DIA

Diameter Protocol (RFC 3588, RFC


3589)

RES

Response

EMM

EPS Mobility Management (3GTS


24.301)

RRC

Radio Resource Control

eNB

Enhanced Node B

S1-AP

S1 Application Part

EPS

Evolved Packet System

UE

User Equipment

HSS

Home Subscriber Server [3GTS


23.002]. HSS replaces the HLR with
3GPP Rel. 5

UL

Uplink

IK

Integrity Key (3GTS 33.102)

UMTSAKA

Universal Mobile Telecommunication


System - Authentication and Key
Agreement (3GTS 33.102)

IMSI

International Mobile Subscriber


Identity

USIM

Universal Subscriber Identity Module

MME

Mobility Management Entity (3GTS


23.401) (Rel. 8 onwards)

XRES

Expected Response (3GTS 33.102)

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 51 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

1.3.5 Use of the different Security Algorithms

The objective of this section is to illustrate where which security algorithms


are applied within the EPS.
Key point of this section is that there is no integrity protection done for user
plane data.

- 52 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Revisiting important Details of the EPS

Room for your Notes:

Abbreviations of this Section:

CRC

Cyclic Redundancy Check

ESM

EPS Session Management (3GTS


24.301)

DL

Downlink

MME

Mobility Management Entity (3GTS


23.401) (Rel. 8 onwards)

EEA

EPS Encryption Algorithm (3GTS


33.401)

NAS

Non-Access-Stratum

EMM

EPS Mobility Management (3GTS


24.301)

PDCP

Packet Data Convergence Protocol

eNB

Enhanced Node B

RRC

Radio Resource Control

EPS

Evolved Packet System

UL

Uplink

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 53 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

- 54 -

Lessons Learned / Conclusions

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

The Non-Access-Stratum: EMM & ESM

Chapter 2:
The Non-Access-Stratum: EMM & ESM
2

Objectives
Some of your questions that will be answered during this session

What are important EMM- and ESM-specific procedures?

What is the format of EMM- and ESM-messages?

How are important scenarios like attachment and tracking area updating
performed?

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 55 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

2.1 EPS Mobility Management (EMM)


2.1.1 Important EMM-Procedures
2

The objective of this section is to illustrate the different EMM-procedures.


Procedures can be combined with each other. Example: The authentication
procedure is typically part of the attachment procedure.
[3GTS 24.301 (5.1.2)]

- 56 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

The Non-Access-Stratum: EMM & ESM

2.1.1.1 Common Procedures


Common procedures are typically embedded into a given specific procedure.
2.1.1.2 Specific Procedures

2.1.1.3 Connection Management Procedures

Room for your Notes:

Abbreviations of this Section:

E-UTRA

Evolved UMTS Terrestrial Radio


Access

GUTI

Global Unique Terminal Identity


(3GTS 23.003)

EMM

EPS Mobility Management (3GTS


24.301)

NAS

Non-Access-Stratum

EPS

Evolved Packet Switched

UE

User Equipment

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 57 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

2.1.2 State Machine

The objective of this section is to illustrate the different EMM-states and their
relationship.

[3GTS 24.301 (5)]


EMM and ESM are linked with each other [3GTS 24.301 (4.2)]. This relates
particularly to the piggybacked default EPS-bearer establishment when the UE
attaches to the EPC.
2.1.2.1 Relationship between EMM and ECM
In general, ECM relates to the presence of an S1-bearer plus RRC-connection. As
long as both are present, the UE is in ECM-CONNECTED mode. Upon release, the
UE switches to ECM-IDLE mode.
Therefore, the UE may well be EMM-registered but still be ECM-idle.

While the UE is in ECM-CONNECTED state, the network is in charge to


control the UE-mobility. While the UE is in ECM-CONNECTED mode, the
location of the UE is known with the granularity of a cell inside an eNodeB.

While the UE is in ECM-IDLE mode, the location of the UE is known with the
granularity of a tracking area. Within ECM-IDLE mode, the UE shall perform
autonomous cell reselection and tracking area update procedures.

[3GTS 36.300 (A.2), 3GTS 24.301 (5.1.3.2.2.4)]

- 58 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

The Non-Access-Stratum: EMM & ESM

Room for your Notes:

Abbreviations of this Section:

3GTS

3rd Generation Technical


Specification

ESM

EPS Session Management (3GTS


24.301)

ECM

EPS Connection Management (3GTS


24.301)

RRC

Radio Resource Control

EMM

EPS Mobility Management (3GTS


24.301)

UE

User Equipment

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 59 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

2.1.3 Network Operation Modes

The objective of this section is to illustrate the different network operation


modes of the UE.
[3GTS 24.301 (4.3)]

- 60 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

The Non-Access-Stratum: EMM & ESM

Room for your Notes:

Abbreviations of this Section:

3GTS

3rd Generation Technical


Specification

EPS

Evolved Packet System

CS

Circuit Switched

PS

Packet Switched

EMM

EPS Mobility Management (3GTS


24.301)

UE

User Equipment

EPS

Evolved Packet Switched

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 61 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

2.1.4 Message Format

The objective of this section is to illustrate the message format that is used
for EMM-messages.
Key points of this section are:
1. The security header is not necessarily present.
2. The protocol discriminator as part of the first octet repeats inside the plain
EMM-message if a security header is present.

2.1.4.1 Security Header

The presence of the security header is conditional as indicated through the yellow
color. It shall be present as soon as security in the form of integrity protection and
possibly encryption have been negotiated.

The security header is put upfront the plain NAS message and uses the same
protocol discriminator value 7.

The related security header type partially acts as a message type as there are
specific settings for certain messages. Primarily, the security header type
identifies whether a message is a plain NAS message (security header type = 0),
whether it is just integrity protected or integrity protected and ciphered.

[3GTS 24.301 (9.3.1)]

- 62 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

The Non-Access-Stratum: EMM & ESM

Room for your Notes:

Abbreviations of this Section:

3GTS

3rd Generation Technical


Specification

Octet

8 bit

EMM

EPS Mobility Management (3GTS


24.301)

PD

Protocol Discriminator

NAS

Non-Access-Stratum

PD

Packet Data

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 63 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

2.1.5 Important EMM-Scenarios


2.1.5.1 Attachment through E-UTRAN / new MME
2

The objective of this section is to illustrate the first part of an attach scenario
[3GTS 23.401 (5.3.2), 24.301 (5.5.1)] through E-UTRAN end-to-end and with
all related messages.
Key point of this section is that the indicated procedure illustrates one
possible straight forward case but does not depict all possible options.
Question No 5: Please fill in the missing interface names.
The eNodeB selects the MME at this time, if necessary. Possibly, the MMEI which is
included in the ATT_REQ-message relates to an MME which is available to the
eNodeB in which case no MME-selection is necessary.
Note that the EMM: ATT_REQ-message also contains the ESM: PDN_CONN_REQmessage.
To be continued on the next page

- 64 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

The Non-Access-Stratum: EMM & ESM

Room for your Notes:

Abbreviations of this Section:

DIA

Diameter Protocol (RFC 3588, RFC


3589)

IMSI

International Mobile Subscriber


Identity

E-UTRAN Evolved UMTS (Universal Mobile


Telecommunication System)
Terrestrial Radio Access Network

MME

Mobility Management Entity (3GTS


23.401) (Rel. 8 onwards)

EMM

EPS Mobility Management (3GTS


24.301)

MMEI

Mobility Management Entity Identity


(3GTS 23.003)

eNB

Enhanced Node B

RRC

Radio Resource Control

GTP

GPRS Tunneling Protocol (3GTS


29.060)

S1-AP

S1 Application Part

HSS

Home Subscriber Server [3GTS


23.002]. HSS replaces the HLR with
3GPP Rel. 5

UE

User Equipment

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 65 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

The S1-AP: INITIAL_UE_MSG includes the parameter eNB UE S1AP ID which


shall serve as unique identifier for S1-AP-messages sent by this eNodeB to that
MME for that particular UE. This parameter has been assigned by the eNodeB.

We assume in this case that the MME is unable to determine or connect to the
previous MME and therefore requests the UE to convey its IMSI. Otherwise, at this
time we would see GTP-messages to retrieve the UE-context from the previous
MME.
The S1-AP: DL_NAS_TRANSPORT message includes the parameter MME UE
S1AP ID which shall serve as unique identifier for S1-AP-messages sent by the
MME to that eNodeB for that particular UE. This parameter has been assigned by the
MME.
The EMM: SEC_MODE_CMD-message is integrity protected but not ciphered. This
message initiated NAS-based security which means that EMM- and ESM-messages
shall be integrity protected and possibly encrypted after this message has been
transmitted.
The subscription data contain, among others, relationships to specific PDN's,
information about PDN-GW to be selected (if applicable) and APN-restrictions.
RRC-connection establishment: [3GTS 36.331 (5.3.3)]
RRC downlink information transfer: [3GTS 36.331 (5.6.1)]
RRC uplink information transfer: [3GTS 36.331 (5.6.2)]
RRC connection reconfiguration [3GTS 36.331 (5.3.5)]
S1-AP initial UE-message: [3GTS 36.413 (8.6.2.1)]
S1-AP initial context setup: [3GTS 36.413 (8.3.1)]
S1-AP downlink NAS transport: [3GTS 36.413 (8.6.2.2)]
S1-AP uplink NAS transport: [3GTS 36.413 (8.6.2.3)]
DIAMETER: AIR, AIA, ULR, ULA [3GTS 29.272]

- 66 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

The Non-Access-Stratum: EMM & ESM

Room for your Notes:

Abbreviations of this Section:

3GTS

3rd Generation Technical


Specification

PDN-GW

Packet Data Network Gateway (part


of EPC)

APN

Access Point Name (Reference to a


GGSN)

RRC

Radio Resource Control

MME

Mobility Management Entity (3GTS


23.401) (Rel. 8 onwards)

S1-AP

S1 Application Part

NAS

Non-Access-Stratum

UE

User Equipment

PDN

Packet Data Network

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 67 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

2.1.5.1 Attachment through E-UTRAN / new MME (continued)

The objective of this section is to continue and conclude the attach scenario
from the previous section.
Key point of this section is to appreciate the embedding of ESM- into EMMmessages which in turn are embedded into RRC-messages. This is new with
SAE.

Question No 6: Please fill in the missing interface names.


Not depicted is a possible interaction between the PDN-GW and the PCRF.
The UE may be equipped with both, an IPv4 and an IPv6 address. Please recall that
an IPv6-address is typically generated from the H-PLMN's IPv6 network prefix (64
bit) and the UE's MAC-address (EUI-64).
To be continued on the next page

- 68 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

The Non-Access-Stratum: EMM & ESM

Abbreviations of this Section:

APN

Access Point Name (Reference to a


GGSN)

MAC

Medium Access Control

DRB

Data Radio Bearer

MME

Mobility Management Entity (3GTS


23.401) (Rel. 8 onwards)

E-UTRAN Evolved UMTS (Universal Mobile


Telecommunication System)
Terrestrial Radio Access Network

P-GW

Packet Data Network Gateway (part


of EPC)

EMM

EPS Mobility Management (3GTS


24.301)

PCRF

Policy and Charging Rules Function


(3GTS 23.203)

EPS

Evolved Packet System

PDN

Packet Data Network

ESM

EPS Session Management (3GTS


24.301)

PDN-GW

Packet Data Network Gateway (part


of EPC)

EUI-64

Extended Unique Identifier - 64 bit


long (IEEE / the "other 64 bit" of an
IPv6-address, following the IPv6network prefix and generated from
the MAC-address of a device)

PLMN

Public Land Mobile Network

F-TEID

Fully Qualified Tunnel Endpoint


Identifier (3GTS 29.274)

RRC

Radio Resource Control

GTP

GPRS Tunneling Protocol (3GTS


29.060)

S-GW

Serving Gateway (3GTS 23.401)

GTP-U

GTP User Plane

S1-AP

S1 Application Part

GUTI

Global Unique Terminal Identity


(3GTS 23.003)

SAE

System Architecture Evolution

H-PLMN

Home PLMN

SRB

Signaling Radio Bearer

IE

Information Element

TAI

Tracking Area Identity (3GTS


24.301)

IPv4

Internet Protocol (version 4)

TEID

Tunnel Endpoint Identifier (GTP /


3GTS 29.060)

IPv6

Internet Protocol (version 6)

UE

User Equipment

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 69 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)


Note the final IE F-TEID of S-GW user plane. This information must be relayed to
the eNodeB to enable a communication between S-GW and eNodeB.

Please note that the S1-AP: INITIAL_CX_SETUP_REQ-message contains the


security key K(eNB) which is used by the eNodeB to derive the keys needed for
integrity protection and encryption on PDCP-layer. Having received this information,
the eNodeB can trigger the security procedures on PDCP-layer by sending an RRC:
SEC_MODE_CMD-message to the UE.
GTP Create Session Request: [3GTS 29.274 (7.2.1)]
GTP Create Session Response: [3GTS 29.274 (7.2.2)]
S1-AP: Initial Context Setup: [3GTS 36.213 (8.3.1)]
GTP Modify Bearer Request: [3GTS 29.274 (7.2.7)]
GTP Modify Bearer Response: [3GTS 29.274 (7.2.8)]
EMM Attach Accept message: [3GTS 24.301 (8.2.1)]
ESM Activate Default EPS Bearer Context Request message: [3GTS 24.301 (8.3.6)]

- 70 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

The Non-Access-Stratum: EMM & ESM

Room for your Notes:

Abbreviations of this Section:

3GTS

3rd Generation Technical


Specification

IE

Information Element

EMM

EPS Mobility Management (3GTS


24.301)

PDCP

Packet Data Convergence Protocol

EPS

Evolved Packet System

RRC

Radio Resource Control

ESM

EPS Session Management (3GTS


24.301)

S-GW

Serving Gateway (3GTS 23.401)

F-TEID

Fully Qualified Tunnel Endpoint


Identifier (3GTS 29.274)

S1-AP

S1 Application Part

GTP

GPRS Tunneling Protocol (3GTS


29.060)

TEID

Tunnel Endpoint Identifier (GTP /


3GTS 29.060)

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 71 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

2.1.5.2 Comprehension Check & Practical Exercise: Building your


own EMM: ATT_REQ-Message
2

The objectives of this section are to:


1. learn using the EMM-specification 3GTS 24.301
2. understand which contents are inside an EMM: ATT_REQ-message.

Question No 7: Fill in the missing octets (in hex) into the ATT_REQ-message.
Consider the following constraints:

Constraints are stated on the next page

- 72 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

The Non-Access-Stratum: EMM & ESM

Room for your Notes:

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 73 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

Constraints:

- 74 -

Use enclosure 1 to resolve this exercise.

Apply the section in which the EMM-message format has been presented.

The protocol discriminator of EMM equals "7(hex)".

The message shall be sent neither integrity protected nor encrypted (<=> security
header type).

The UE shall perform an "EPS only" attachment.

The UE has a cached security context and the NAS-KSI(ASME) = "3(dec)".

The UE shall use a GUTI to identity itself to the network.

The UE comes from Germany (MCC = 262(hex)) and the operator's MNC =
01(hex). The third digit of the MNC is not used by that operator.

The digit numbering of MCC and MNC is straightforward: MCC = 2 (<= digit 1) 6
(<=> digit 2) 2 (<=> digit 3) / MNC = 0 (<=> digit 1) 1 (<=> digit 2).

The MMEI = "08 15 00(hex)" with the MME-code being the "00".

The UE still has an M-TMSI = "C0 12 34 56(hex)" and therefore does not use its
IMSI to identity itself to the network.

The UE supports all mandatory required integrity protection and ciphering


algorithms.

For the ESM-message format (ESM: PDN_CONN_REQ) please use section


2.2.4.

The protocol discriminator of ESM = "2(hex)" but there has no EPS-bearer identity
been assigned yet.

The UE assigns a procedure transaction identity of "01".

The UE shall perform an "initial attach" as request type.

The UE asks for both; an IPv4 and an IPv6 address.

The UE shall request an APN = "www.inacon.com" (you may write the APN in
plain text, without translation into ASCII-code).

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

The Non-Access-Stratum: EMM & ESM

Room for your Notes:

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 75 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

2.1.5.3 Tracking Area Update (Inter-MME / with new S-GW)

The objective of this section is to illustrate a tracking area update procedure


which involves two MME's.

Question No 8: Please fill in the missing interface names.

2.1.5.3.1 Initial Conditions

The UE is in RRC-idle mode and has just reselected its serving eNodeB.

The stored list of tracking area identities does not contain the TAI as broadcast by
the new serving cell.

Accordingly, the UE initiates a tracking area update procedure.

To be continued on the next page

- 76 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

The Non-Access-Stratum: EMM & ESM

Room for your Notes:

Abbreviations of this Section:

ASME

Access Security Management Entity

MME

Mobility Management Entity (3GTS


23.401) (Rel. 8 onwards)

AUTN

Authentication Token (3GTS 33.102)

NAS

Non-Access-Stratum

EMM

EPS Mobility Management (3GTS


24.301)

RAND

Random Number

eNB

Enhanced Node B

RES

Response

EPS

Evolved Packet System

RRC

Radio Resource Control

GTP

GPRS Tunneling Protocol (3GTS


29.060)

S-GW

Serving Gateway (3GTS 23.401)

GUTI

Global Unique Terminal Identity


(3GTS 23.003)

S1-AP

S1 Application Part

IMSI

International Mobile Subscriber


Identity

TA

Tracking Area

KSI

KEy Set Identifier (3GTS 33.401)

TAI

Tracking Area Identity (3GTS


24.301)

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 77 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

2.1.5.3.2 Detailed Description


The EMM: TA_UPD_REQ-message contains and indicates (among others):

whether the UE wants to perform a combined TA/LA-update procedure with or w/


o IMSI-attachment (for circuit-switched fallback).

the UE-identity in the form of an already assigned GUTI. Note that the GUTI also
contains the identification of the MME which assigned it.

Note that the EMM: TA_UPD_REQ-message is typically integrity protected because


the UE will already possess valid security information when it performs a tracking
area update procedure.
At this time, the eNodeB selects the new MME to serve the UE from within an MMEpool and relays the EMM: TA_UPD_REQ-message to the new MME embedded in an
S1-AP: INITIAL_UE_MSG.
After the reception of the TA_UPD_REQ-message, the receiving MME recognizes
that another MME allocated the GUTI. Accordingly, the new MME must identify that
MME based on MME-code and MME-group Id and it must determine the IP-address
of that former MME, possibly by means of some DNS-resolution process or through
internal mapping tables. Finally, the new MME will send a GTP-C: Context-Requestmessage to the former MME.
If the former MME can identify the UE it shall relay all necessary information to the
new MME by transmitting a GTP-C: Context-Response message.
The indicated EMM-context contains information such as authentication vectors,
DRX-parameters and UE-network capabilities. The EPS bearer context(s) contain(s)
information about the bearer contexts themselves (e.g. QoS-related information) as
well as such important information as the P-GW's IP-address and TEID for the
control plane on the S5-interface as well as the formerly assigned S-GW's IP-address
and TEID for the control plane on the S11-interface.
Authentication is only conducted if deemed necessary by the MME. Authentication is
mandatory if the integrity check on the initial EMM: TA_UPD_REQ-message failed.
Note that the MME did receive the security information from the former MME and is
therefore able to conduct authentication.
NAS-KSI(ASME) is a simple integer that is used as pointer to the active security suite
(AUTN, K(ASME), etc.). The UE will include it in future initial NAS-messages (e.g.
TA_UPD_REQ and the network may skip authentication and immediately enable
integrity protection (and encryption) if NAS-KSI(ASME) received from the UE
matches the value stored in the MME.
After authentication, the MME will probably activate NAS-related security procedures
by sending an EMM: SEC_MODE_CMD-message to the UE. The UE will reply an
EMM: SEC_MODE_CMP-message which shall be integrity protected and, if ordered,
also be encrypted on NAS-layer (not by the PDCP-layer).
RRC-connection establishment: [3GTS 36.331 (5.3.3)]
RRC downlink information transfer: [3GTS 36.331 (5.6.1)]
RRC uplink information transfer: [3GTS 36.331 (5.6.2)]
S1-AP initial UE-message: [3GTS 36.413 (8.6.2.1)]

- 78 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

The Non-Access-Stratum: EMM & ESM


GTP-C Context-Request: [3GTS 29.274 (7.3.5)]
GTP-C Context-Response: [3GTS 29.274 (7.3.6)]
GTP-C Context-Acknowledge: [3GTS 29.274 (7.3.7)]
S1-AP downlink NAS transport: [3GTS 36.413 (8.6.2.2)]
S1-AP uplink NAS transport: [3GTS 36.413 (8.6.2.3)]
EMM: SEC_MODE_CMD: [3GTS 24.301 (8.2.20)]

Room for your Notes:

Abbreviations of this Section:

DNS

Domain Name System

NAS

Non-Access-Stratum

DRX

Discontinuous Reception

P-GW

Packet Data Network Gateway (part


of EPC)

EMM

EPS Mobility Management (3GTS


24.301)

PDCP

Packet Data Convergence Protocol

EPS

Evolved Packet System

QoS

Quality of Service

GTP

GPRS Tunneling Protocol (3GTS


29.060)

RRC

Radio Resource Control

GTP-C

GTP Control Plane

S-GW

Serving Gateway (3GTS 23.401)

GUTI

Global Unique Terminal Identity


(3GTS 23.003)

S1-AP

S1 Application Part

IMSI

International Mobile Subscriber


Identity

TA

Tracking Area

MME

Mobility Management Entity (3GTS


23.401) (Rel. 8 onwards)

TEID

Tunnel Endpoint Identifier (GTP /


3GTS 29.060)

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 79 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

2.1.5.2 Tracking Area Update (Inter-MME / with new S-GW)


(continued)
2

The objective of this section is to continue and conclude the presentation of


the tracking area update procedure between two MME's and involving the
allocation of a new S-GW.

Question No 9: Please fill in the missing interface names.


This is the time when the new MME has to decide whether the indicated S-GW may
continue to serving the UE or whether the S-GW needs to be changed. This decision
is based on constraints such as accessibility of the former S-GW from the new
eNodeB and from the new MME. It may also take into account routing optimization
issues.
The new MME continues the procedure by sending a GTP: Create-SessionRequest message to the new selected S-GW. The IE bearer context contains,
among others, the uplink and downlink TFT's but it does not contain the eNodeB's FTEID for the user plane because the new eNodeB did not yet assign such an F-TEID.
Then the new S-GW informs the already assigned P-GW about the bearer
modification and both nodes exchange their F-TEID's for the user plane.

- 80 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

The Non-Access-Stratum: EMM & ESM


Finally, the new MME must update the HSS with respect to the tracking area update
procedure. It uses the DIA: ULR-message to do so.
The HSS will then cancel the location towards the former MME, using the DIA:
CLR- / CLA-message exchange.

DIAMETER: ULR, ULA, CLR, CLA [3GTS 29.272]

Room for your Notes:

Abbreviations of this Section:

DIA

Diameter Protocol (RFC 3588, RFC


3589)

MME

Mobility Management Entity (3GTS


23.401) (Rel. 8 onwards)

F-TEID

Fully Qualified Tunnel Endpoint


Identifier (3GTS 29.274)

P-GW

Packet Data Network Gateway (part


of EPC)

GTP

GPRS Tunneling Protocol (3GTS


29.060)

S-GW

Serving Gateway (3GTS 23.401)

GW

Gateway

TEID

Tunnel Endpoint Identifier (GTP /


3GTS 29.060)

HSS

Home Subscriber Server [3GTS


23.002]. HSS replaces the HLR with
3GPP Rel. 5

TFT

Traffic Flow Template

IE

Information Element

UE

User Equipment

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 81 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

2.1.5.2 Tracking Area Update (Inter-MME / with new S-GW)


(continued)
2

The objective of this section is to continue and conclude the presentation of


the tracking area update procedure between two MME's and involving the
allocation of a new S-GW.

Question No 10: Please fill in the missing interface names.


Finally, the MME sends the EMM: TA_UPD_ACC-message through the eNodeB to
the UE.
Note that in this case, there is no establishment of additional radio bearers as was
shown during the attachment scenario.
GTP-C Delete-Session-Request: [3GTS 29.274 (7.2.9.1)]
GTP-C Delete-Session-Response: [3GTS 29.274 (7.2.10.1)]
EMM: TA_UPD_ACC: [3GTS 24.301 (8.2.26)]
EMM: TA_UPD_COM: [3GTS 24.301 (8.2.27)]

- 82 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

The Non-Access-Stratum: EMM & ESM

Room for your Notes:

Abbreviations of this Section:

DRB

Data Radio Bearer

GUTI

Global Unique Terminal Identity


(3GTS 23.003)

E-UTRAN Evolved UMTS (Universal Mobile


Telecommunication System)
Terrestrial Radio Access Network

IE

Information Element

EMM

EPS Mobility Management (3GTS


24.301)

MME

Mobility Management Entity (3GTS


23.401) (Rel. 8 onwards)

eNB

Enhanced Node B

RRC

Radio Resource Control

EPS

Evolved Packet System

S-GW

Serving Gateway (3GTS 23.401)

F-TEID

Fully Qualified Tunnel Endpoint


Identifier (3GTS 29.274)

S1-AP

S1 Application Part

GTP

GPRS Tunneling Protocol (3GTS


29.060)

TEID

Tunnel Endpoint Identifier (GTP /


3GTS 29.060)

GTP-U

GTP User Plane

UE

User Equipment

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 83 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

2.1.5.4 Comprehension Check & Practical Exercise: EMM-Message


Decode
2

The objective of this section is to decode an EMM: ATT_REQ-message.

Question No 11: Please decode the embedded hexadecimal ATT_REQ-message,


using enclosure 1. Which problems do you encounter?

- 84 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

The Non-Access-Stratum: EMM & ESM

Room for your Notes:

Abbreviations of this Section:

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 85 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

2.2 EPS Session Management (ESM)


2.2.1 Important ESM-Procedures
2

The objective of this section is to present the important ESM-procedures.


Key point of this section is that the actual activation, deactivation or
modification of an EPS-bearer must be initiated and conducted by the
network. This is a major difference to previous releases where PDP-context
activation had to be triggered by the UE.

- 86 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

The Non-Access-Stratum: EMM & ESM

2.2.1.1 MME-initiated

2.2.1.2 UE-initiated

[3GTS 24.301 (6.4), (6.5)]

Room for your Notes:

Abbreviations of this Section:

3GTS

3rd Generation Technical


Specification

MME

Mobility Management Entity (3GTS


23.401) (Rel. 8 onwards)

EPS

Evolved Packet Switched

PDP

Packet Data Protocol

ESM

EPS Session Management (3GTS


24.301)

UE

User Equipment

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 87 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

2.2.2 State Machine

The objectives of this section are to illustrate the state machine of ESM and
the different ways to migrate between the two states.

[3GTS 24.301 (6)]

- 88 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

The Non-Access-Stratum: EMM & ESM

Room for your Notes:

Abbreviations of this Section:

EPS

Evolved Packet Switched

PDN

Packet Data Network

ESM

EPS Session Management (3GTS


24.301)

UE

User Equipment

MME

Mobility Management Entity (3GTS


23.401) (Rel. 8 onwards)

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 89 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

2.2.4 Message Format

The objective of this section is to illustrate the message format that is used
for ESM-messages.
Key points of this section are:
1. The security header is not necessarily present.
2. The protocol discriminator as part of the first octet repeats inside the plain
ESM-message if a security header is present.
[3GTS 24.301 (9.1)]
If an ESM-message is embedded into an EMM-message it is represented as plain
NAS-message w/o individual security header.

to be continued on the next page

- 90 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

The Non-Access-Stratum: EMM & ESM

Room for your Notes:

Abbreviations of this Section:

EMM

EPS Mobility Management (3GTS


24.301)

PD

Protocol Discriminator

EPS

Evolved Packet System

PTI

Procedure Transaction Identity

ESM

EPS Session Management (3GTS


24.301)

SM

Session Management (3GTS 23.060,


3GTS 24.008)

NAS

Non-Access-Stratum

UE

User Equipment

Octet

8 bit

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 91 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

2.2.4.1 Security Header

The presence of the security header is conditional as indicated through the yellow
color. It shall be present as soon as security in the form of integrity protection and
possibly encryption have been negotiated.

The security header is put upfront the plain NAS message and uses the same
protocol discriminator value 2.

The related security header type partially acts as a message type as there are
specific settings for certain messages. Primarily, the security header type
identifies whether a message is a plain NAS message (security header type = 0),
whether it is just integrity protected or integrity protected and ciphered.

[3GTS 24.301 (9.3.1)]


2.2.4.2 Procedure Transaction Identity

The PTI is used to distinguish network initiated and UE-originated transactions.

If the network reacts upon a UE-initiated transaction request (e.g. ESM:


PDN_CONN_REQ), it shall use the UE-assigned PTI-value also within network
originating ESM-messages.

[3GTS 24.007 (11.2.3.1a)]

- 92 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

The Non-Access-Stratum: EMM & ESM

Room for your Notes:

Abbreviations of this Section:

ESM

EPS Session Management (3GTS


24.301)

PTI

Procedure Transaction Identity

NAS

Non-Access-Stratum

UE

User Equipment

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 93 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

2.3.5 Dedicated EPS Bearer Establishment


2.3.5.1 Network Initiated (IMS triggered during Call Establishment)
2

The objective of this section is to illustrate the dedicated EPS bearer


establishment.

Question No 12: Please fill in the missing interface names.

2.3.5.1.1 Initial Conditions

The UE changed into ECM-CONNECTED state some time before to be able to


exchange the SIP-messages with the IMS, supposedly over the already
established default EPS-bearer.

We can see the SIP-signaling inside the different pipes EPS-bearer and S5bearer.

When the SDP-descriptors within the SIP-messages indicate that a real-time


bearer is required, the P-CSCF inside the IMS will communicate with the PCRF to
authorize the QoS-request and to trigger the establishment of that real-time
bearer (DIA: AAR-message).

2.3.5.1.2 Detailed Description

Having received the DIA: AAR-message, the PCRF will trigger the PDN-GW to
initiate the dedicated EPS-bearer activation procedure by sending a DIA: RARmessage to it.

DIAMETER: AAR, AAA: [3GTS 29.214]


DIAMETER: RAR: [3GTS 29.212 (5.6.4)]

- 94 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

The Non-Access-Stratum: EMM & ESM

Room for your Notes:

Abbreviations of this Section:

DIA

Diameter Protocol (RFC 3588, RFC


3589)

PCRF

Policy and Charging Rules Function


(3GTS 23.203)

DIAMETER Successor of the RADIUS protocol

PDN-GW

Packet Data Network Gateway (part


of EPC)

ECM

EPS Connection Management


(3GTS 24.301)

QoS

Quality of Service

eNB

Enhanced Node B

SDP

Session Description Protocol (RFC


2327, RFC 3266, RFC 3264)

EPS

Evolved Packet System

SIP

Session Initiation Protocol (RFC


3261)

IMS

Internet Protocol Multimedia Core


Network Subsystem (Rel. 5
onwards)

UE

User Equipment

P-CSCF

Proxy Call Session Control Function


(SIP)

VoIP

Voice over IP

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 95 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

2.3.5.1 Network Initiated (IMS triggered during Call Establishment)

The objective of this section is to continue and conclude the presentation of


network initiated dedicated EPS bearer setup.

Question No 13: Please fill in the missing interface names.

Question No 14: Please fill In the two bearer types of EPS-bearer context
establishment.

To be continued on the next page


GTP Create-Bearer-Request / Response: [3GTS 29.274 (7.2.3), (7.2.4)]
S1-AP E-RAB Setup: [3GTS 36.413 (8.2)]
ESM Dedicated EPS Bearer Context Request [3GTS 24.301 (6.4.3)
RRC Connection Reconfiguration [3GTS 36.331 (2.3.5.5)]
ESM Dedicated EPS Bearer Context Accept [3GTS 24.301 (6.4.1)
DIAMETER: RAA: [3GTS 29.212 (5.6.5)]

- 96 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

The Non-Access-Stratum: EMM & ESM

Room for your Notes:

Abbreviations of this Section:

DIA

Diameter Protocol (RFC 3588, RFC


3589)

P-GW

Packet Data Network Gateway (part


of EPC)

DIAMETER

Successor of the RADIUS protocol

PCRF

Policy and Charging Rules Function


(3GTS 23.203)

eNB

Enhanced Node B

QoS

Quality of Service

ESM

EPS Session Management (3GTS


24.301)

RAB

Radio Access Bearer

F-TEID

Fully Qualified Tunnel Endpoint


Identifier (3GTS 29.274)

RRC

Radio Resource Control

GTP

GPRS Tunneling Protocol (3GTS


29.060)

S-GW

Serving Gateway (3GTS 23.401)

GTP-U

GTP User Plane

S1-AP

S1 Application Part

IMS

Internet Protocol Multimedia Core


Network Subsystem (Rel. 5
onwards)

TEID

Tunnel Endpoint Identifier (GTP /


3GTS 29.060)

MME

Mobility Management Entity (3GTS


23.401) (Rel. 8 onwards)

TFT

Traffic Flow Template

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 97 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

2.3.5.1.2 Detailed Description

The PDN-GW will send a GTP: Create-Bearer-Request-message to the S-GW.


This message contains, among others, the linked bearer Id which relates to the
related default EPS-bearer Id. The message also conveys the GTP TEID of the
new bearer from the P-GW to the S-GW.

The S-GW will relay the also included bearer description to the MME. Of course,
the S-GW has to include the GTP TEID of its user plane to allow the MME to
relay this information to the eNodeB.The MME will build two messages: An ESM:
DED_EPS_BEARER_CX_REQ-message and an S1-AP: E-RAB_SETUP_REQmessage. The ESM-message contains the NAS-description of the new bearer
while the S1-AP-message serves as carrier for the ESM-message and it contains
the radio resource description of the new bearer for the eNodeB.

The eNodeB will take the ESM-message and will embed it into an
RRC_CONN_RECONF-message that is also used to convey the radio resource
related information of the new bearer to the UE.

The UE shall setup the new bearer and shall confirm this to the eNodeB by
sending RRC_CONN_RECONF_CMP.

Similarly, the ESM-layer shall build an ESM: DED_EPS_BEARER_CX_ACCmessage which will be transparently sent to the eNodeB which in turn will
transparently relay it to the MME.

Only after having received this ESM-message, the MME shall confirm EPSbearer establishment to the S-GW and this message also includes the GTP-U
TEID of the eNodeB for the new bearer.

Finally, the S-GW confirms bearer establishment to the P-GW.

The P-GW must still respond to the PCRF's DIA: RAR-message by sending DIA:
RAA with a successful result code.

In turn, the PCRF shall confirm bearer setup to the IMS (precisely to the PCSCF).

What we did not include is the continuing SIP-signaling for call setup for which the
voice data will be sent on the newly established bearer.

GTP Create-Bearer-Request / Response: [3GTS 29.274 (7.2.3), (7.2.4)]


S1-AP E-RAB Setup: [3GTS 36.413 (8.2)]
ESM Dedicated EPS Bearer Context Request [3GTS 24.301 (6.4.3)
RRC Connection Reconfiguration [3GTS 36.331 (2.3.5.5)]
ESM Dedicated EPS Bearer Context Accept [3GTS 24.301 (6.4.1)
DIAMETER: RAA: [3GTS 29.212 (5.6.5)]

- 98 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

The Non-Access-Stratum: EMM & ESM

Room for your Notes:

Abbreviations of this Section:

DIA

Diameter Protocol (RFC 3588, RFC


3589)

P-GW

Packet Data Network Gateway (part


of EPC)

DIAMETE Successor of the RADIUS protocol


R

PCRF

Policy and Charging Rules Function


(3GTS 23.203)

EPS

Evolved Packet System

PDN

Packet Data Network

ESM

EPS Session Management (3GTS


24.301)

PDN-GW

Packet Data Network Gateway (part


of EPC)

GTP

GPRS Tunneling Protocol (3GTS


29.060)

RAA

RE-Auth-Answer command
(Diameter BASE, RFC 3588)

GTP-U

GTP User Plane

RAB

Radio Access Bearer

RRC

Radio Resource Control

IMS

Internet Protocol Multimedia Core


S-GW
Network Subsystem (Rel. 5 onwards)

Serving Gateway (3GTS 23.401)

MME

Mobility Management Entity (3GTS


23.401) (Rel. 8 onwards)

S1-AP

S1 Application Part

NAS

Non-Access-Stratum

SIP

Session Initiation Protocol (RFC


3261)

P-CSCF

Proxy Call Session Control Function


(SIP)

TEID

Tunnel Endpoint Identifier (GTP /


3GTS 29.060)

UE

User Equipment

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 99 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

Lessons Learned / Conclusions

- 100 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Radio Resource Control

Chapter 3:
Radio Resource Control

Objectives

Some of your questions that will be answered during this session

How are RRC-messages encoded using ASN.1 PER?

How can I determine the message types that RRC uses for the different
RRC-messages?

How are the different RRC-messages mapped to logical channels, transport


channels and physical channels?

How System Information Blocks are organized?

How an RRC connection is managed with RRC messages?

How measurements are defined and how a measurements report looks like?

Why there are fixed time setting for the RRC procedures?

How cell selection and cell reselection are performed in the idle mode?

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 101 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

3.1 Overview

The objective of this section is to introduce the key features of the radio
resource control layer.
Key point of this section is that the tasks of the RRC stay mostly the same as
UMTS and HSPA, but since the air interface is different there are significant
changes in the implementation.

- 102 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Radio Resource Control

3.1.1 Transmission of broadcast information


Here is it very important to know that only the MIB is transmitted on the BCH. All the
other SIBs are grouped in SUs according to their transmission periodicity and are
transmitted on the DL-SCH.
3.1.2 Establish and maintain services
Here the basic concepts are very different. The RRC connection setup procedure has
been extended to the initial context setup procedure. RRC and NAS link are
established in parallel. Moreover since there is a new air interface technology
(OFDMA and SC-FDMA) used the message contents are different. Another very
significant change is the drastic reduction of RRC states mentioned earlier.

3.1.3 QoS control


Nothing to add to what is stated in the picture.
3.1.4 Transfer of dedicated control information
Nothing to add to what is stated in the picture.
[3GTR 25.813 (5.4), 3GTS 36.300 (7), 3GTS 36.331 (4.4)]
Abbreviations of this Section:
3GTR

3rd Generation Technical Report

NAS

Non-Access-Stratum

3GTS

3rd Generation Technical


Specification

OFDMA

Orthogonal Frequency Division


Multiple Access

BCH

Broadcast Channel

QoS

Quality of Service

DL

Downlink

RRC

Radio Resource Control

DL-SCH

Downlink Shared Channel

SC-FDMA Single Carrier Frequency Division


Multiple Access

EPC

Evolved Packet Core (3GTS 23.401)


(Rel. 8 onwards)

SIB

System Information Block

FDMA

Frequency Division Multiple Access

SU

Scheduling Unit

HSPA

High Speed Packet Access (operation UE


of HSDPA and HSUPA)

User Equipment

MIB

Master Information Block

Universal Mobile Telecommunication


System

UMTS

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 103 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

3.2 State Characteristics of RRC

The objective of this section is to introduce the key features of the radio
resource control states.
Key point of this section is that there are only 2 RRC states in LTE.

Image description

The picture shows the RRC states in LTE and their main characteristics. It
focuses on the processes of the E-UTRAN.

3.2.1 RRC_IDLE
During RRC_IDLE the UE can be paged and will listen to the PCH and the BCH, but
it is not known by the eNB it will perform cell reselections. In order to do the cell
reselections it will perform neighbor cell measurements according to the system
information in the BCCH but will not report these measurements to the infrastructure.
Keep also in mind that this state will also assumed once the UE is switched on during
initial cell search. Once the UE has found a cell it will go RRC_CONNECTED to
register with the core network and to establish a radio bearer and will then go
RRC_IDLE again.
3.2.2 RRC_CONNECTED
Here the UE is fully connected to the eNB. That means it has a C-RNTI and it is
known on cell level. It will do neighbor cell measurements and handover. This state is
also assumed to be used for MBMS services.
[3GTR 25.813 (5.4.2), 3GTS 36.300 (7.2)]

- 104 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Radio Resource Control

Room for your Note

Abbreviations of this Section:


3GTR

3rd Generation Technical Report

RACH

Random Access Channel

3GTS

3rd Generation Technical


Specification

RNTI

Radio Network Temporary Identifier

BCCH

Broadcast Control Channel

RRC

Radio Resource Control

BCH

Broadcast Channel

RRC_CO RRC state in E-UTRA


NNECTED

C-RNTI

Cell Radio Network Temporary


Identifier

RRC_IDL
E

RRC state

LTE

Long Term Evolution (of UMTS)

RRC_MB
MS_CON
NECTED

RRC state in E-UTRA for UEs with


MBMS service only

MBMS

Multimedia Broadcast / Multicast


Service

UE

User Equipment

NAS

Non-Access-Stratum

UTRAN

UMTS (Universal Mobile


Telecommunication System)
Terrestrial Radio Access Network

PCH

Paging Channel

eNB

Enhanced Node B

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 105 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

3.3 Signaling Radio Bearers (SRB)


3.3.1 Overview

The objective of this section is to illustrate the characteristics and differences


of the different SRB's.

3.3.1.1 SRB0
3.3.1.2 SRB1
3.3.1.3 SRB2
[3GTS 36.331 (4.2.2)]

- 106 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Radio Resource Control

Room for your Notes:

Abbreviations of this Section:

3GTS

3rd Generation Technical


Specification

RLC

Radio Link Control

AM

Acknowledged Mode operation

RRC

Radio Resource Control

DCCH

Dedicated Control Channel

SRB

Signaling Radio Bearer

NAS

Non-Access-Stratum

TM

Transparent Mode operation

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 107 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

3.3.1.1 Review of eNB DL Channels

The objective of this section is to provide a summary review of the channels


used in LTE in downlink direction from the view of the eNodeB.

- 108 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Radio Resource Control

Room for your Notes:

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 109 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

3.3.1.2 Review of eNB UL Channels

The objective of this section is to provide a summary review of the channels


used in LTE in uplink direction from the view of the eNodeB.

- 110 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Radio Resource Control

Room for your Notes:

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 111 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

3.3.2 Mapping of RRC-Messages to SRB's and to Channels


3.3.2.1 Messages on BCCH (MIB and SIB)

The objective of this section is to illustrate how MIB and SIB's are mapped to
logical channels, transport channels and physical channels.

Question No 15: Please fill I n the SRB-number (if applicable) as well as the
RLC-operation mode (e.g. RLC-UM), logical channel type (e.g. DCCH), transport
channel type and physical channel type.

The UE shall not only listen to the BCCH in RRC_IDLE also in RRC_CONNECTED
the UE needs to listen the system information of the own cell (SIB1 will indicate a
change) and to the system information on the neighbor cells in oder to verify the
neighbor cell ID during neighbor cell measurements.

- 112 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Radio Resource Control

Room for your Notes:

Abbreviations of this Section:

BCCH

Broadcast Control Channel

RRC_IDL
E

RRC state

DCCH

Dedicated Control Channel

RRC_CO RRC state in E-UTRA


NNECTED

MIB

Master Information Block

SIB

System Information Block

RLC

Radio Link Control

SRB

Signaling Radio Bearer

RRC

Radio Resource Control

UM

Unacknowledged Mode operation

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 113 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

3.3.2.2 Messages on PCCH and DL-CCCH

The objective of this section is to illustrate how PCCH- and DL-CCCHmessages are mapped to logical channels, transport channels and physical
channels.

Question No 16: Please fill in the SRB-number (if applicable) as well as the RLCoperation mode (e.g. RLC-UM), logical channel type (e.g. DCCH), transport
channel type and physical channel type.

Question No 17: Is the PCCH in need to be listened to in the RRC_CONNECTED


mode?.

- 114 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Radio Resource Control

Room for your Notes:

Abbreviations of this Section:

CCCH

Common Control Channel

PHY

Physical Layer

DCCH

Dedicated Control Channel

RLC

Radio Link Control

DL

Downlink

RRC

Radio Resource Control

MAC

Medium Access Control

RRC_CO RRC state in E-UTRA


NNECTED

PCCH

Paging Control Channel

SRB

Signaling Radio Bearer

PDCP

Packet Data Convergence Protocol

UM

Unacknowledged Mode operation

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 115 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

3.3.2.3 Messages on DL-DCCH and DL-DTCH

The objective of this section is to illustrate how DL-DCCH-messages and IPpackets are mapped to logical channels, transport channels and physical
channels.

Question No 18: Please fill in the SRB-number (if applicable), radio bearer number
as well as the RLC-operation mode (e.g. RLC-UM), logical channel type (e.g.
DCCH), transport channel type and physical channel type.

- 116 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Radio Resource Control

Room for your Notes:

Abbreviations of this Section:

DCCH

Dedicated Control Channel

PDCP

Packet Data Convergence Protocol

DL

Downlink

PHY

Physical Layer

DRB

Data Radio Bearer

RLC

Radio Link Control

DTCH

Dedicated Traffic Channel

RRC

Radio Resource Control

IP

Internet Protocol (RFC 791)

SRB

Signaling Radio Bearer

MAC

Medium Access Control

UM

Unacknowledged Mode operation

NAS

Non-Access-Stratum

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 117 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

3.3.2.4 Messages on UL-CCCH, UL-DCCH and UL-DTCH

The objective of this section is to illustrate how UL-DCCH-messages and IPpackets are mapped to logical channels, transport channels and physical
channels.

Question No 19: Please fill in the SRB-number (if applicable), radio bearer number
as well as the RLC-operation mode (e.g. RLC-UM), logical channel type (e.g.
DCCH), transport channel type and physical channel type.

- 118 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Radio Resource Control

Room for your Notes:

Abbreviations of this Section:

CCCH

Common Control Channel

PDCP

Packet Data Convergence Protocol

DCCH

Dedicated Control Channel

PHY

Physical Layer

DRB

Data Radio Bearer

RLC

Radio Link Control

DTCH

Dedicated Traffic Channel

RRC

Radio Resource Control

IP

Internet Protocol (RFC 791)

SRB

Signaling Radio Bearer

MAC

Medium Access Control

UL

Uplink

NAS

Non-Access-Stratum

UM

Unacknowledged Mode operation

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 119 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

3.4 Message Encoding through ASN.1 PER-unaligned


3.4.1 Example: The ASN.1-Code of RRC_CONN_REQ ...

The objective of this section is to present the ASN.1-code of the


RRC_CONN_REQ-message.
[3GTS 36.331 (6.2.2)]

- 120 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Radio Resource Control

Room for your Notes:

Abbreviations of this Section:

3GTS

3rd Generation Technical


Specification

ASN.1

Abstract Syntax Notation 1 (ITU-T


X.680 / X.681)

PER

Packed Encoding Rules (ITU-T X.691)

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 121 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

3.4.2 and the compiled Message Structure (Tree View)

The objective of this section is to confront the student or reader with the fact
that ASN.1 PER will add binary marks into the message sequence to
distinguish among different options.
[http://www.inacon.de/protocolhelp/index.php/]

- 122 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Radio Resource Control

Room for your Notes:

Abbreviations of this Section:

ASN.1

Abstract Syntax Notation 1 (ITU-T


X.680 / X.681)

PER

Packed Encoding Rules (ITU-T X.691)

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 123 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

3.4.3 Important Encoding Rules of ASN.1 PER-unaligned


3.4.3.1 Handling of optional IE's

The objective of this section is to illustrate how the ASN.1-object type


sequence is binary encoded using the unaligned PER.

Image Description
If an IE consists of the object type sequence and contains one or more optional IEs
and IEs with default values, then a bitmap at the beginning of the packed ASN.1output for the sequence type IE shall indicate whether or not an optional IE is
present.
In our example, the bitmap consists of only 2 bit which indicate whether or not the
optional parameters DEF and/or JKL are present.
[ITU-T X.680, X.681, X691]

- 124 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Radio Resource Control

Room for your Notes:

Abbreviations of this Section:

ASN.1

Abstract Syntax Notation 1 (ITU-T


X.680 / X.681)

ITU-T

International Telecommunication
Union - Telecommunication Sector

IE

Information Element

PER

Packed Encoding Rules (ITU-T X.691)

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 125 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

3.4.3.2 Selection among Options (CHOICE / ENUMERATED)

The objective of this section is to illustrate how the ASN.1-object types


choice / enumerated are binary encoded using the unaligned PER.

Image Description
If there are only 8 different values defined for a given IE, why waste 8 bit as the
minimum length of the value field? PER will evaluate how many values are defined
for any given IE. If possible, the reserved number of bits will be reduced to the
absolute minimum.
The graphics illustrates the unaligned PER-encoding of the IE Initial UE Identity.
Since there are only 8 different possibilities defined, 3 bit are sufficient to identify
which of the different UE-IDs is used.
If IMSI is used, the encoding will be {000 IMSI}
If TMSI + LAI is used, the encoding will be {001 TMSI LAI}
and so on.
[ITU-T X.691]

- 126 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Radio Resource Control

Room for your Notes:

Abbreviations of this Section:

ASN.1

Abstract Syntax Notation 1 (ITU-T


X.680 / X.681)

ITU-T

International Telecommunication
Union - Telecommunication Sector

ID

Identity

LAI

Location Area Identification (LAI =


MCC + MNC + LAC) [3GTS 23.003]

IE

Information Element

PER

Packed Encoding Rules (ITU-T X.691)

IMSI

International Mobile Subscriber


Identity

TMSI

Temporary Mobile Subscriber


Identity

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 127 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

3.4.3.3 Handling of IE's with variable Length

The objective of this section is to illustrate how the ASN.1 PER treats
information elements with variable lengths.

Image Description
If an information element comes with a variable length, PER need to provide for a
possibility to identify the current length of this IE. A simple example is illustrated
above:
The MNC may be 2 or 3 digits long. Each digit consists of 4 bit. The flexible length of
2 or 3 digits is translated into a choice which consequently needs two options and
therefore adds another bit in front of the 2 or 3 digits of the MNC.
[ITU-T X.691]

Question No 20: Considering the aforementioned: How many prefix bits are
necessary if the number of digits can vary between 5 and 68?

- 128 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Radio Resource Control

Room for your Notes:

Abbreviations of this Section:

ASN.1

Abstract Syntax Notation 1 (ITU-T


X.680 / X.681)

MNC

Mobile Network Code

IE

Information Element

PER

Packed Encoding Rules (ITU-T X.691)

ITU

International Telecommunication
Union

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 129 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

3.4.4 Comprehension Check & Practical Exercise:


Encoding an RRC_CONN_REQ-Message

The objective of this section is to practice the ASN.1 / PER-based encoding


which is used by the RRC-protocol.

Question No 21: Please encode the RRC_CONN_REQ-message that the UE was


sending to the eNodeB when performing the initial attach scenario from the
previous section. Please assume that the smallest RACH container which has a
MAC PDU of just 56 bit inside is used. 8 bit of MAC header have to be anticipated.
All necessary information can be obtained from there and from the tree view in the previous section.

Please note that there is a difference in between the EMM and the RRC protocol
the EMM is organized in a way that the IE's chain up one after the other in the
correct order once the octets are written from right to left and the RRC protocol,
which is working with unaligned PER, is bit oriented such that the IE's chain up in
the correct order once the bits are written from left to right.

- 130 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Radio Resource Control

Room for your Notes:

Abbreviations of this Section:

ASN.1

Abstract Syntax Notation 1 (ITU-T


X.680 / X.681)

PER

Packed Encoding Rules (ITU-T X.691)

EMM

EPS Mobility Management (3GTS


24.301)

RRC

Radio Resource Control

IE

Information Element

UE

User Equipment

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 131 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

3.5 RRC Procedures


3.5.1 System Information Broadcast
3.5.1.1 Overview
3

The objective of this section is to present the most important information


about the system information blocks in LTE.

SIB2 is automatically included in the first scheduled system information message


in SIB1 and thus needs not to be scheduled explicitly.

- 132 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Radio Resource Control

Room for your Notes:

Abbreviations of this Section:

LTE

Long Term Evolution (of UMTS)

PHICH

Physical HARQ Acknowledgement


Indicator Channel

MIB

Master Information Block

PLMN

Public Land Mobile Network

PBCH

Physical Broadcast Channel

SFN

System Frame Number

PDSCH

Physical Downlink Shared Channel

SIB

System Information Block

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 133 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

3.5.1.2 Overview of Functions of the System Information Blocks

The objective of this section is to give an overview about the function of the
SIB's.
Key point of this section is that most of the SIB's are dealing with neighbor
cell description.

SIB2 is automatically included in the first scheduled system information message


in SIB1 and thus needs not to be scheduled explicitly.

- 134 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Radio Resource Control

Room for your Notes:

Abbreviations of this Section:

BCCH

Broadcast Control Channel

ID

Identity

BCH

Broadcast Channel

MIB

Master Information Block

CDMA

Code Division Multiple Access

OP

Optional

CSG

Closed Subscriber Group

PLMN

Public Land Mobile Network

DL

Downlink

SIB

System Information Block

DL-SCH

Downlink Shared Channel

UE

User Equipment

ETWS

Earthquake and Tsunami Warning


System

UL

Uplink

GERAN

GSM EDGE Radio Access Network

UTRAN

UMTS (Universal Mobile


Telecommunication System)
Terrestrial Radio Access Network

HNB

Home Node B

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 135 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

3.5.1.3 Example of an MIB

The objective of this section is to illustrate the format and content of a master
information block (MIB).
[http://www.inacon.de/protocolhelp/index.php/]

- 136 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Radio Resource Control

Room for your Notes:

Abbreviations of this Section:


MIB

Master Information Block

PHICH

Physical HARQ Acknowledgement


Indicator Channel

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 137 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

3.5.1.4 Example of an SIB1

The objective of this section is to illustrate the format and content of a


system information block 1 (SIB1).
[http://www.inacon.de/protocolhelp/index.php/]

- 138 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Radio Resource Control

Room for your Notes:

Abbreviations of this Section:


SIB

System Information Block

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 139 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

3.5.1.5 Example of an SIB2

The objective of this section is to illustrate the format and content of a


system information block 2 (SIB2).
[http://www.inacon.de/protocolhelp/index.php/]

- 140 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Radio Resource Control

Room for your Notes:

Abbreviations of this Section:


BCCH

Broadcast Control Channel

PUCCH

Physical Uplink Control Channel

MO

Mobile Originated

PUSCH

Physical Uplink Shared Channel

PCCH

Paging Control Channel

RACH

Random Access Channel

PDSCH

Physical Downlink Shared Channel

RS

Reference Signal

PRACH

Physical Random Access Channel

SIB

System Information Block

PRACH

Packet Random Access Channel

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 141 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

3.5.1.6 Example of an SIB3

The objective of this section is to illustrate the format and content of a


system information block3 (SIB3).
[http://www.inacon.de/protocolhelp/index.php/]

- 142 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Radio Resource Control

Room for your Notes:

Abbreviations of this Section:


EUTRA

Evolved UMTS Terrestrial Radio


Access

SF

Speed dependent Scaling Factor

SIB

System Information Block

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 143 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

3.5.2 Connection Management Related Procedures


3.5.2.1 Paging Procedure

The objective of this section is to give an overview about the use, the
messages involved and the follow up resulting from the Paging Procedure.
Key point of this section is that paging is not only used for mobile terminated
service establishment / data arrival but also for notification of system
information change and disaster control.

- 144 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Radio Resource Control


Once there is a mobile terminated service establishment / data arrival and the UE
does not react there will be a retry. Once there are system information changed
this cannot be retried for a particular UE. In order to cover the error scenario these
indications need to be repeated several times to make sure all the UE's concerned
got them.

Room for your Notes:


3

Abbreviations of this Section:


eNB

Enhanced Node B

RRC_IDL
E

RRC state

ETWS

Earthquake and Tsunami Warning


System

SIB

System Information Block

RRC

Radio Resource Control

SRB

Signaling Radio Bearer

UE

User Equipment

RRC_CO RRC state in E-UTRA


NNECTED

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 145 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

3.5.2.2 RRC Connection Establishment Procedure

The objective of this section is to give an overview about the use, the
messages involved and the follow up resulting from the RRC Connection
Establishment Procedure.
Key points of this section are that the RRC Connection Setup Procedure is
only establishing SRB1 but that it is - in contrast to UMTS - allowing already
the transmission of a NAS message.

- 146 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Radio Resource Control


Note that the transmission of an IMSI is not foreseen here any more.

Room for your Notes:

Abbreviations of this Section:


eNB

Enhanced Node B

RRC_CO RRC state in E-UTRA


NNECTED

EPC

Evolved Packet Core (3GTS 23.401)


(Rel. 8 onwards)

RRC_IDL
E

RRC state

ID

Identity

S-TMSI

SAE Temporary Mobile Subscriber


Identity

IMSI

International Mobile Subscriber


Identity

SRB

Signaling Radio Bearer

MMEI

MME Identity

TMSI

Temporary Mobile Subscriber


Identity

NAS

Non-Access-Stratum

UE

User Equipment

PLMN

Public Land Mobile Network

UMTS

Universal Mobile Telecommunication


System

RRC

Radio Resource Control

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 147 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

3.5.2.2.1 SRB1 Default Configuration

The objective of this section is to give the default configuration for SRB1.
Key point of this section is that the SRB1 default configuration allows for very
short RRC Connection Setup messages.

All times are in ms.

- 148 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Radio Resource Control

Room for your Notes:

Abbreviations of this Section:


IE

Information Element

RLC

Radio Link Control

PDU

Protocol Data Unit or Packet Data


Unit

SRB

Signaling Radio Bearer

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 149 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

3.5.2.2.2 Physical Layer Default Configuration

The objective of this section is to give the physical layer default configuration
for all RB's.
Key point of this section is that the physical layer default configuration allows
for very short RRC Connection Setup messages.

- 150 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Radio Resource Control

Room for your Notes:

Abbreviations of this Section:


ACK

Acknowledgement

RI

Rank Indicator

CQI

Channel Quality Indicator

RRC

Radio Resource Control

PDSCH

Physical Downlink Shared Channel

RS

Reference Signal

PUCCH

Physical Uplink Control Channel

SRS

Sounding Reference Signal

RB

Radio Bearer

UE

User Equipment

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 151 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

3.5.2.3 UE Capability Transfer Procedure

The objective of this section is to give an overview about the use, the
messages involved and the follow up resulting from the UE Capability
Exchange Procedure.
Key point of this section is that this procedure will only be used once the
QoS settings for a service exceed the capabilities of UE Category 1.

- 152 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Radio Resource Control

Room for your Notes:

Abbreviations of this Section:


CDMA

Code Division Multiple Access

RRC

Radio Resource Control

E-UTRAN Evolved UMTS (Universal Mobile


Telecommunication System)
Terrestrial Radio Access Network

RRC_CO RRC state in E-UTRA


NNECTED

eNB

Enhanced Node B

SRB

Signaling Radio Bearer

GERAN

GSM EDGE Radio Access Network

UE

User Equipment

QoS

Quality of Service

UTRAN

UMTS (Universal Mobile


Telecommunication System)
Terrestrial Radio Access Network

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 153 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

3.5.2.4 RRC Initial Security Activation Procedure

The objective of this section is to give an overview about the use, the
messages involved and the follow up resulting from the RRC Initial Security
Activation Procedure.
Key point of this section is that without this procedure no services can be
established.

- 154 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Radio Resource Control

Room for your Notes:

Abbreviations of this Section:

AS

Access Stratum (UMTS)

RRC

Radio Resource Control

eNB

Enhanced Node B

RRC_CO RRC state in E-UTRA


NNECTED

NAS

Non-Access-Stratum

SRB

Signaling Radio Bearer

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 155 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

3.5.2.5 RRC Connection Reconfiguration Procedure

The objective of this section is to give an overview about the use, the
messages involved and the follow up resulting from the RRC Connection
Reconfiguration Procedure.
Key point of this section is that this is the most mighty procedure in EUTRAN. Without this procedure no orderly mobile radio operation is
possible.

- 156 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Radio Resource Control

Room for your Notes:

Abbreviations of this Section:


ACK

Acknowledgement

NAS

Non-Access-Stratum

C-RNTI

Cell Radio Network Temporary


Identifier

RLC

Radio Link Control

DRB

Data Radio Bearer

RNTI

Radio Network Temporary Identifier

E-UTRAN Evolved UMTS (Universal Mobile


Telecommunication System)
Terrestrial Radio Access Network

RRC

Radio Resource Control

eNB

Enhanced Node B

SRB

Signaling Radio Bearer

ID

Identity

UE

User Equipment

MAC-I

Message Authentication Code, MSB's


of extended PDCP Sequence Number

UTRAN

UMTS (Universal Mobile


Telecommunication System)
Terrestrial Radio Access Network

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 157 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

3.5.2.5.1 SRB2 Default Configuration

The objective of this section is to give the default configuration for SRB2.
Key point of this section is that the SRB2 default configuration allows for very
short RRC Connection Reconfiguration messages.

All times are in ms.

- 158 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Radio Resource Control

Room for your Notes:

Abbreviations of this Section:


IE

Information Element

RRC

Radio Resource Control

PDU

Protocol Data Unit or Packet Data


Unit

SRB

Signaling Radio Bearer

RLC

Radio Link Control

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 159 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

3.5.2.6 Counter Check Procedure

The objective of this section is to give an overview about the use, the
messages involved and the follow up resulting from the Counter Check
Procedure.
Key point of this section is that this procedure needs not to be done once the
operator has enough confidence in its encryption mechanisms.

- 160 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Radio Resource Control

Room for your Notes:

Abbreviations of this Section:


COUNT

Extended Sequence Number in PDCP

RRC

Radio Resource Control

DL

Downlink

RRC_CO RRC state in E-UTRA


NNECTED

DRB

Data Radio Bearer

SRB

Signaling Radio Bearer

eNB

Enhanced Node B

UL

Uplink

MSB

Most Significant Bit

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 161 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

3.5.2.7 RRC Connection Reestablishment Procedure

The objective of this section is to give an overview about the use, the
messages involved and the follow up resulting from the RRC Connection
Reestablishment Procedure.
Key point of this section is that this procedure recovers SRB1 only.

This procedure shall not be performed once the UE has no AS security context.

- 162 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Radio Resource Control

Room for your Notes:

Abbreviations of this Section:


AS

Access Stratum (UMTS)

PLMN

Public Land Mobile Network

C-RNTI

Cell Radio Network Temporary


Identifier

RNTI

Radio Network Temporary Identifier

E-UTRA

Evolved UMTS Terrestrial Radio


Access

RRC

Radio Resource Control

eNB

Enhanced Node B

RRC_CO RRC state in E-UTRA


NNECTED

ID

Identity

RRC_IDL
E

RRC state

MAC-I

Message Authentication Code, MSB's


of extended PDCP Sequence Number

SRB

Signaling Radio Bearer

MMEI

MME Identity

UE

User Equipment

NAS

Non-Access-Stratum

UTRA

UMTS (Universal Mobile


Telecommunication System)
Terrestrial Radio Access

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 163 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

3.5.2.8 RRC Connection Release Procedure

The objective of this section is to give an overview about the use, the
messages involved and the follow up resulting from the RRC Connection
Release Procedure.
Key point of this section is that there is no response from the UE required.

- 164 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Radio Resource Control

Room for your Notes:

Abbreviations of this Section:


eNB

Enhanced Node B

RRC_IDL
E

RRC state

RAT

Radio Access Technology (e.g.


GERAN, UTRAN, ...)

SRB

Signaling Radio Bearer

RRC

Radio Resource Control

UE

User Equipment

RRC_CO RRC state in E-UTRA


NNECTED

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 165 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

3.5.3 Inter RAT RRC Procedures

The objective of this section is to give an overview about the messages


relating to inter RAT mobility.
Key point of this section is that the CDMA2000 system is that different from
3GPP's RAT such that the handover to CDMA2000 needs to be tailored with
many extra messages.

- 166 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Radio Resource Control

Room for your Notes:

Abbreviations of this Section:


3GPP

Third Generation Partnership Project


(Collaboration between different
standardization organizations (e.g.
ARIB, ETSI) to define advanced
mobile communications standards,
responsible for UMTS)

NACC

Network Assisted Cell Change (3GTS


44.060)

CDMA20
00

The 3G Standard 3GPP2

RAT

Radio Access Technology (e.g.


GERAN, UTRAN, ...)

CSFB

Circuit Switched Fall Back

RRC

Radio Resource Control

E-UTRA

Evolved UMTS Terrestrial Radio


Access

UE

User Equipment

E-UTRAN Evolved UMTS (Universal Mobile


Telecommunication System)
Terrestrial Radio Access Network

UL

Uplink

GERAN

GSM EDGE Radio Access Network

UTRA

UMTS (Universal Mobile


Telecommunication System)
Terrestrial Radio Access

GPRS

General Packet Radio Service

UTRAN

UMTS (Universal Mobile


Telecommunication System)
Terrestrial Radio Access Network

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 167 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)


HO

Handover

3.5.4 E-UTRAN Measurements


3.5.4.1 Overview

The objective of this section is to give an overview about the messages


performed by the UE in E-UTRAN.
Key point of this section is that measurements are not only communicated in
measurement reports.

- 168 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Radio Resource Control

Room for your Notes:

Abbreviations of this Section:

ACK

Acknowledgement

RAT

Radio Access Technology (e.g.


GERAN, UTRAN, ...)

CGI

Cell Global Identification

RI

Rank Indicator

DCCH

Dedicated Control Channel

RRC

Radio Resource Control

DL

Downlink

RSRP

Reference Signal Received Power

E-UTRA

Evolved UMTS Terrestrial Radio


Access

RSRQ

Reference Signal Received Quality

E-UTRAN Evolved UMTS (Universal Mobile


Telecommunication System)
Terrestrial Radio Access Network

UE

User Equipment

MAC

Medium Access Control

UL

Uplink

NACK

Negative Acknowledgement

UL-SCH

Uplink Shared Channel

PMI

Precoding Matrix Indicator

UTRA

UMTS (Universal Mobile


Telecommunication System)
Terrestrial Radio Access

PUCCH

Physical Uplink Control Channel

UTRAN

UMTS (Universal Mobile


Telecommunication System)
Terrestrial Radio Access Network

PUSCH

Physical Uplink Shared Channel

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 169 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

3.5.4.2 Definition of Measurements in E-UTRAN

The objective of this section is to give an overview of the measurement


definition strategy in E-UTRAN.
Key point of this section is Measurement Objects and Report Configurations
can be combined in Measurement ID's.

- 170 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Radio Resource Control

Room for your Notes:

Abbreviations of this Section:

CDMA

Code Division Multiple Access

RAT

Radio Access Technology (e.g.


GERAN, UTRAN, ...)

E-UTRAN Evolved UMTS (Universal Mobile


Telecommunication System)
Terrestrial Radio Access Network

RSRP

Reference Signal Received Power

GERAN

GSM EDGE Radio Access Network

UTRAN

UMTS (Universal Mobile


Telecommunication System)
Terrestrial Radio Access Network

ID

Identity

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 171 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

3.5.4.3 Measurement Events in E-UTRAN

The objective of this section is to give an overview of the measurement


event definition strategy in E-UTRAN.
Key point of this section is that in E-UTRAN there are only 2 kinds of events.

- 172 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Radio Resource Control

Room for your Notes:

Abbreviations of this Section:


AND

Both conditions need to be fulfilled.


Logical Function.

RAT

Radio Access Technology (e.g.


GERAN, UTRAN, ...)

E-UTRAN

Evolved UMTS (Universal Mobile


Telecommunication System)
Terrestrial Radio Access Network

UTRAN

UMTS (Universal Mobile


Telecommunication System)
Terrestrial Radio Access Network

OR

One condition need to be fulfilled.


Logical Function.

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 173 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

3.5.4.4 Measurement Definition in the Standard Measurement


Object

The objective of this section is to give an overview about the IE's relating to
the Measurement Objects.
Key point of this section is that each RAT has its own Measurement Objects.

- 174 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Radio Resource Control


[http://www.inacon.de/protocolhelp/index.php/]

Room for your Notes:

Abbreviations of this Section:


CGI

Cell Global Identification

IE

Information Element

EUTRA

Evolved UMTS Terrestrial Radio


Access

RAT

Radio Access Technology (e.g.


GERAN, UTRAN, ...)

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 175 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

3.5.4.5 Measurement Definition in the Standard Report


Configuration and Measurement ID

The objective of this section is to give an overview about the IE's relating to
the Measurement Report configuration and the Measurement ID.
Key point of this section is that regardless whether periodical measurements
or events are reported the RSRP and/or RSRQ needs to be reported.
[http://www.inacon.de/protocolhelp/index.php/]

- 176 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Radio Resource Control

Room for your Notes:

Abbreviations of this Section:


EUTRA

Evolved UMTS Terrestrial Radio


Access

RSRP

Reference Signal Received Power

ID

Identity

RSRQ

Reference Signal Received Quality

IE

Information Element

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 177 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

3.5.4.6 Structure Measurement Report

The objective of this section is to give an overview about the IE's relating to
Measurement Reports.
Key point of this section is that in a Measurement Report there are no events
visible even though an event might be reported.

- 178 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Radio Resource Control


[http://www.inacon.de/protocolhelp/index.php/]

Room for your Notes:

Abbreviations of this Section:


CDMA20
00

The 3G Standard 3GPP2

IE

Information Element

CGI

Cell Global Identification

PLMN

Public Land Mobile Network

EUTRA

Evolved UMTS Terrestrial Radio


Access

RSRP

Reference Signal Received Power

GERAN

GSM EDGE Radio Access Network

RSRQ

Reference Signal Received Quality

ID

Identity

UTRA

UMTS (Universal Mobile


Telecommunication System)
Terrestrial Radio Access

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 179 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

3.5.5 Other RRC Procedures

The objective of this section is to give an overview on the UL and DL


Information Transfer procedures.
Key point of this section is that these procedures do not change with respect
to UTRAN.

Please keep in mind that the initial NAS message is sent with the RRC Connection
Setup Complete message.

- 180 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Radio Resource Control

Room for your Notes:

Abbreviations of this Section:


DL

Downlink

RRC

Radio Resource Control

eNB

Enhanced Node B

UE

User Equipment

EPC

Evolved Packet Core (3GTS 23.401)


(Rel. 8 onwards)

UL

Uplink

NAS

Non-Access-Stratum

UTRAN

UMTS (Universal Mobile


Telecommunication System)
Terrestrial Radio Access Network

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 181 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

3.5.6 RRC Procedure Delay


3.5.6.1 Introduction

The objective of this section is to show the timing constraints of RRC


Procedures.
Key point of this section is that since the UL is using a shared channel the
UL resources have to be scheduled at a well defined time in order to ensure
an efficient operation.

- 182 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Radio Resource Control

Room for your Notes:

Abbreviations of this Section:


DL

Downlink

RRC

Radio Resource Control

eNB

Enhanced Node B

UL

Uplink

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 183 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

3.5.6.1 Values

The objective of this section is to give an overview on the RRC procedure


delays.
Key point of this section is that some RRC procedures cannot have a timing
defined because the reaction from the UE side is either linked with a random
access procedure or is running across RAT's or it is depending on events.

- 184 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Radio Resource Control

Room for your Notes:

Abbreviations of this Section:


CDMA20
00

The 3G Standard 3GPP2

RRC

Radio Resource Control

E-UTRA

Evolved UMTS Terrestrial Radio


Access

UE

User Equipment

RAT

Radio Access Technology (e.g.


GERAN, UTRAN, ...)

UTRA

UMTS (Universal Mobile


Telecommunication System)
Terrestrial Radio Access

RB

Radio Bearer

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 185 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

3.5.7 Idle Mode Procedures Neighbor Cell Monitoring & Cell


Reselection
3.5.7.1 Priority-Based Cell Reselection of Multi-RAT UE's

The objective of this section is to show that priority-based cell reselection is


a novel principle adopted/possible in Rel. 8 in order to improve the
performance of cell reslection in the presence of of multiple RAT's which
may co-exist in the same geographical location.
Key point of this section are that
1. Priority-based reselection reduces the need for a UE to monitor all the
available intra-system frequency layers and inter-RAT carriers by monitoring
them according to a set of priority rules provided to the UE.
2. Common (through SIB's resp. Sys_Info) and/or dedicated priority's (via
dedicated RRC or RR messages) for the indvidual frequency layers can be
signaled to the UE, however, dedicated priorities always take precedence
over common priorities.

Image Descrition
The RRM in the respective RAN (E-UTRAN, GERAN, UTRAN) maps SPID
parameters received via the S1-interface or A/Gb-interface or Iu-interface to a locallydefined configuration in order to apply specific RRM strategies (e.g., to define
RRC_IDLE mode priorities and control inter-RAT/inter-frequency handover in
RRC_CONNECTED mode). SPID is an index referring to user information such as
mobility profile and service usage profile. The SPID information is UE-specific and
applies to all of its radio bearers.

- 186 -

For simplicity reason the CDMA2000 is not explicitly mentioned nor shown in
above picture, but allows also for priority-based reselection.

The SIB's or Sys_Infos broadcast common priorities of the various neighbor


frequencies resp. IRAT frequency layer's.

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Radio Resource Control

Beside common priorities for cell reselection the UE can be provided with
dedicated (= individual) priorities based on vendor-specific RRM (radio resource
management algorithms for the serving RAT and inter-RAT frequency layer's.

The various different RAN's have their specific dedicated RR resp. RRC
message's and broadcast information in order to convey dedicated (= individual)
and/or common priorities governing UE's reselection behavior.
At inter-RAT cell reselection, the MS shall inherit valid individual priority information
from the source RAT. The MS shall also inherit valid individual priority information
from the source RAT upon cell selection that results in a change of RAT. In this case
the mobile station shall start a guard timer T (depending on the source RAT) with the
timeout value set to the remaining validity time of the corresponding timer from the
source RAT (i.e. T320 in E-UTRA, T322 in UTRA or T3230 in GERA).
NOTE: The network may provide individual priorities information for inter-RAT
frequencies not configured by system information. Importantly, riorities between
different frequencies or RAT's provided to the UE by system information or dedicated
signalling are not used in the cell selection process but these dedicated priorities are
kept in UE's memory and used lateron in the cell reselection process!

3.5.7.1.1 SPID - Subscriber Profile ID for RAT/Frequency priority


The Subscriber Profile ID IE for RAT/Frequency Selection Priority is used to define
camp priorities in Idle mode and to control inter-RAT/inter-frequency handover in
Active mode.
The core network like MME (EPS/SAE) or MSC/SGSN(2G/3G-core) sends to the
respective RAN the optional SPID parameter in order to control e.g. service based
handover and IRAT-HO as well UE's idle mode cell reselection based on prioritizing
certain RAT's against other RAT's. The RAT prioritization may be a result of the
service type(s) the user requests and/or load/overload conditions in the RAN's and/or
core network.
In the simplest case it could be like this: a UE/user which is just doing voice calls only
might be best served by GSM radio access network (RAN). Or a UE/user which just
does some simple web-browsing from time to time or just receives push-emails is
best served by UMTS/HSPA (precondition is that the UE supports several different
RAT's). [3GTS 48.008 (3.2.2.108), 48.018 (11.3.105), 25.413 (9.2.1.86), 36.413
(9.2.1.39)]

Room for your Notes:

Abbreviations of this Section:


CSG

Closed Subscriber Group

RAT

Radio Access Technology (e.g.


GERAN, UTRAN, ...)

E-UTRA

Evolved UMTS Terrestrial Radio


Access

RRC

Radio Resource Control

GERA

GSM/EGPRS Radio Access

TA

Tracking Area

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 187 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

3.5.7.1.2 E-UTRAN priority-based Cell Reselection Details


First of all upon reception of RRC Connection Setup message (going into dedicated
mode), the UE shall discard the cell reselection priority information provided by the IE
idleModeMobilityControlInfo or inherited from another RAT. [3GTS 36.331 (5.3.3.4)]
The
RRC
Connection
Release
message
can
include
the
IE
idleModeMobilityControlInfo which forces the UE to go for priority-based cell
reselection governed by the details of IE idleModeMobilityControlInfo; and if the
t320 is included, UE shall set and start timer T320, with the value provided.
In case of missing IE idleModeMobilityControlInfo the UE shall apply the cell
reselection priority information broadcast in the system information.
If T320 expires, the UE shall discard the cell reselection priority information provided
by IE idleModeMobilityControlInfo or inherited from another RAT (if stored); and
apply the cell reselection priority information broadcast in the system information.
[3GTS 36.331 (5.3.8.3, 5.3.8.4)]
RRC Connection Release message parameters/IE's encoding
RedirectedCarrierInfo
OPTIONAL,
-- Need ON
IdleModeMobilityControlInfo
OPTIONAL,
-- Need OP

RedirectedCarrierInfo ::=
CHOICE {
eutra
ARFCN-ValueEUTRA,
geran
CarrierFreqsGERAN,
utra-FDD
ARFCN-ValueUTRA,
<snip>}

IdleModeMobilityControlInfo ::= SEQUENCE {


FreqPriorityListEUTRA
OPTIONAL,
-- Need ON
FreqsPriorityListGERAN
OPTIONAL,
-- Need ON
FreqPriorityListUTRA-FDD
OPTIONAL,
-- Need ON
<snip>
t320
{5, 10, 20, 30, 60, 120, 180} min OPTIONAL,
-- Need OR

FreqPriorityListEUTRA ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxFreq)) OF FreqPriorityEUTRA


SEQUENCE {ARFCN-ValueEUTRA, CellReselectionPriority }
FreqsPriorityListGERAN ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxGNFG)) OF
FreqsPriorityGERAN
{CarrierFreqsGERAN, CellReselectionPriority }
FreqPriorityListUTRA-FDD ::= SEQUENCE (SIZE (1..maxUTRA-FDD-Carrier)) OF
FreqPriorityUTRA-FDD
{, ARFCN-ValueUTRA, CellReselectionPriority }
CellReselectionPriority (Range: 0 7)
The IE CellReselectionPriority concerns the absolute priority of the concerned carrier
frequency / set of frequencies (in case of GERAN), as used by the cell reselection
procedure. It corresponds with parameter "priority" in 3GTS 36.304. Value 0 means:
lowest priority and 7 means highest. The UE behavior for the case the priority field is
absent, if applicable, is specified in chapter Reselection Priorities Handling.
3.5.7.1.3 UTRAN priority-based Cell Reselection Details
System Information Block type 19 Common Priority Information
If the "Priority status" equals "dedicated_priority", the UE shall ignore SIB-19 settings
for common priority-based reselection and follow dedicated priority-based
reselection. Otherwise the UE follows the common priority's for cell reselection
broadcast in SIB-19 if no dedicated priority's are present. The UE shall then follow

- 188 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Radio Resource Control


the parameters in SIB-19: "UTRA priority info list"; or "GSM priority info list" or "EUTRA frequency and priority info list" if present. [3GTS 25.331 (8.1.1.6.19)]
UTRAN Mobility Information (UMI) - Dedicated Priority Information
The UMI message allows with the IE "Dedicated Priority Information" to configure UE
for dedicated priority handling for cell reselection which overrules SIB-19 settings.
The UE is then commanded among other things to set the priority per "Radio
Access Technology" e.g. {UTRA FDD, E-UTRA or GSM} etc. If the "T322" is
configured via UMI, the UE shall start timer T322 using the value signaled. T322
Range: {5, 10, 20, 30, 60, 120, 180} minutes. When the timer T322 expires the UE
should revert to using the priorities signaled in system information SIB-19. Note that
the absence of this T322 means that the configured dedicated priorities are valid until
the next update. [3GTS 25.331 (8.6.7.23), (10.3.2.7)]

3.5.7.1.4 GERAN priority-based Cell Reselection Details


Inter-RAT cell re-selection based on priority information
The network may provide priority information to enable priority-based cell reselection
(see 3GTS 45.008). Inter-RAT cell reselection based on priority information applies
only in case of autonomous cell reselection.
Two sets of priorities are defined for inter-RAT cell re-selection based on priority
information: common priorities and individual (= dedicated) priorities. A mobile station
shall consider the latest received common priorities as valid if the mobile does not
have any valid individual (= dedicated) priorities.
Provision of individual (= dedicated) priorities information
A mobile station may receive individual priorities information via the RR CHANNEL
RELEASE message. The mobile station shall use these parameters for inter-RAT cell
reselection. If the T3230 timeout value is provided the mobile station shall set timer
T3230 to the value received and start timer T3230 (or restart timer T3230 with the
timeout value provided if already running).
Individual priorities shall be considered valid by the mobile station until either:
- a PLMN selection is performed and results in a change of PLMN which is not an
equivalent PLMN, see 3GTS 23.122; or
- the mobile station is switched off; or
- a RR CHANNEL RELEASE message is received with an indication that the
individual priorities shall be deleted; or
- new individual priorities are received in which case the MS shall delete all
previously assigned individual priorities and consider the new ones as valid; or
- timer T3230 expires. [3GTS 44.018 (3.2.3)]
Abbreviations of this Section:
RR

Radio Resource in GSM [3GTS


44.018]

T320

E-UTRAN guard timer for dedicated


priority-based reselection in UE received
by eNB

RRC

Radio Resource Control in UTRAN or


E-UTRAN [3GTS 25.331 resp.
36.331]

T322

UTRAN guard timer for dedicated


priority-based reselection in UE received
by SRNC

T3230

GERAN guard timer for dedicated


priority-based reselection in UE received
by BSC.

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 189 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

3.5.7.2 Cell Selection in E-UTRAN

The objective of this section is to illustrate the PLMN and cell selection
criteria and therefore being separated into three parts.
Key point of this section are that for cell selection procedure
1. Only the RSRP is of relevance.
2. This process allows the UE to select a suitable cell where to camp on in
order to access available services. In this process the UE can use stored
information (Stored information cell selection) or not (Initial cell selection).

The Q-RxlevMinOffset has to be used only once the UE is in a V-PLMN. This


ensures that H-PLMN's enjoy an advantage once it comes to cell selection at the
country boundary.

- 190 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Radio Resource Control


Reference Signal Received Power (RSRP)
RSRP is defined as the linear average over the power contributions (in [W]) of the
resource elements that carry cell-specific reference signals within the considered
measurement frequency bandwidth.
For RSRP determination the cell-specific reference signals R0 according 3GTS
36.211 shall be used. If the UE can reliably detect that R1 is available it may use R1
in addition to R0 to determine RSRP.
Example: Cell-Bandwidth = 50 Resource Blocks (10 MHz), no TX-Diversity
2 Pilot-RE's x 50 RB's x 2 Pilot-Symbols per RB = 2 x 100 Pilot-SC's as there are
4 Pilot Resource Elements per Resource Block and 2 RE's per Symbol in a RB.
RSRP = average power per Pilot subcarrier: e.g. 20 W att / 100 SC's = 0.2 Watt /SC
In comparison, RSRQ is the power per RB RSRQ = RSRP / RSSI
Example: for 50 RB's and no inter-cell interference and an idle cell:
100 SC-Power / 200 SC-Power = - 3 dB RSRQ
Note that the power of Pilot RE's per Symbol per RB must be added up and then
averaged over the total amount of RB's in order to obtain RSRP.
[3GTS 36.214 (5.1.1)]

A UE which is not equipped with a valid USIM (i.e. no UICC or SIM only), or which
shall consider the USIM as invalid for EPS services as defined in [3GTS 24.301]
and [3GTS 24.008] (e.g. due to a Location Registration reject cause #3, #6, #7,
#8) shall disable all its E-UTRAN capabilities until switching off or the UICC
containing the USIM is removed.
Note: This is because Rel-8 E-UTRAN/EPC does not support USIM-less
emergency calls according to [3GTS 36.304 (4.1)].

Room for your Notes:

Abbreviations of this Section:


E-UTRAN Evolved UMTS (Universal Mobile
Telecommunication System)
Terrestrial Radio Access Network

RB

Resource Block typically comprises of


12 Subcarrier with 15 kHz frequency
spacing 180 kHz

H-PLMN

Home PLMN

RE

Resource Element considers 1 x


Subcarrier per OFDM-Symbol

PLMN

Public Land Mobile Network

SIB

System Information Block

RSRP

Reference Signal Received Power

VPLMN

Visited PLMN

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 191 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

3.5.7.2.1 PLMN selection in E-UTRAN


On request of the NAS the Access Stratum shall perform a search for available
PLMN's and report them to NAS (non access stratum) ~ higher layer in UE.
The UE shall scan all RF channels in the E-UTRA bands according to its capabilities
to find available PLMN's. On each carrier, the UE shall search for the strongest cell
and read its system information, in order to find out which PLMN(s) the cell belongs
to. If the UE can read one or several PLMN identities in the strongest cell, each found
PLMN (see the PLMN reading in [3GTS 36.331]) shall be reported to the NAS as a
high quality PLMN (but without the RSRP value), provided that the following high
quality criterion is fulfilled:
For an E-UTRAN cell, the measured RSRP value shall be greater than or equal
to -110 dBm.
Found PLMN's that do not satisfy the high quality criterion, but for which the UE has
been able to read the PLMN identities are reported to the NAS together with the
RSRP value. The quality measure reported by the UE to NAS shall be the same for
each PLMN found in one cell.
3.5.7.2.2 Cell Selection and Reselection
UE shall perform measurements of found/scanned cell's for cell selection and serving
& neighbor cells for reselection purposes as specified in System Info's and defined by
3GTS 36.133.
The NAS can control the RAT(s) in which the cell selection should be performed, for
instance by indicating RAT(s) associated with the selected PLMN, and by
maintaining a list of forbidden registration area(s) and a list of equivalent PLMNs. The
UE shall select a suitable cell based on idle mode measurements and cell selection
criteria.
In order to speed up the cell selection process, stored information for several RATs
may be available in the UE.
When camped on a cell, the UE shall regularly search for a better cell according to
the cell reselection criteria. If a better cell is found, that cell is selected. The change
of cell may imply a change of RAT. Details on performance requirements for cell
reselection can be found in [36.133].
The NAS is informed if the cell selection and reselection results in changes in the
received system information relevant for NAS.
For normal service, the UE shall camp on a suitable cell, tune to that cell's control
channel(s) so that the UE can:
Receive system information from the PLMN; and
receive registration area information from the PLMN, e.g., tracking
area information; and
receive other AS and NAS Information; and
-if registered:
receive paging and notification messages from the PLMN; and
initiate transfer to connected mode.
3.5.7.2.3 Cell Selection Process
The UE shall use one of the following two cell selection procedures:
a)
Initial Cell Selection
This procedure requires no prior knowledge of which RF channels are E-UTRA
carriers. The UE shall scan all RF channels in the E-UTRA bands according to its
capabilities to find a suitable cell. On each carrier frequency, the UE need only
search for the strongest cell. Once a suitable cell is found this cell shall be selected.
b)
Stored Information Cell Selection

- 192 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Radio Resource Control


This procedure requires stored information of carrier frequencies and optionally also
information on cell parameters, from previously received measurement control
information elements or from previously detected cells. Once the UE has found a
suitable cell the UE shall select it. If no suitable cell is found the Initial Cell Selection
procedure shall be started.
Note:
Priorities between different frequencies or RAT's provided to the UE by
system information or dedicated signaling are not used in the cell selection process.
[3GTS 36.304 (5.2.3)]
3.5.7.2.4 Cell Selection Criterion
The cell selection criterion S is fulfilled when:
S(rxlev) > 0
S(rxlev) = Q(rxlevmeas) [Q(rxlevmin) Q(rxlevminoffset)] Pcompensation
Where:
the signaled value QrxlevminOffset is only applied when a cell is evaluated for cell
selection as a result of a periodic search for a higher priority PLMN while camped
normally in a VPLMN [3GTS 23.122]. During this periodic search for higher priority
PLMN the UE may check the S criteria of a cell using parameter values stored from a
different cell of this higher priority PLMN.
S(rxlev)

Cell Selection RX level value (dB)

Q(rxlevmeas)

Measured cell RX level value (RSRP)

Q(rxlevmin)

Minimum required RX level in the cell (dBm)

Q(rxlevminoffset)

Offset to the signalled Qrxlevmin taken into account in the


Srxlev evaluation as a result of a periodic search for a higher
priority PLMN while camped normally in a VPLMN

Pcompensation

max(PEMAX_H P(PowerClass), 0) [dB]

P(EMAX_H)

Maximum TX power level an UE may use when transmitting on


the uplink in the cell (dBm) defined as PEMAX_H in [3GTS
36.101]

P(PowerClass)

Maximum RF output power of the UE (dBm) according to the


UE power class as defined in [3GTS 36.101]

The CSG (closed subscriber group) Cell Selection is disregarded here in this chapter.
Nevertheless here some details:
Allowed CSG list: A list stored in the USIM containing all the CSG identities of the
CSGs to which the subscriber belongs.
Closed Subscriber Group (CSG): A Closed Subscriber Group identifies subscribers
of an operator who are permitted to access one or more cells of the PLMN but which
have restricted access (CSG cells).
CSG cell: A cell, part of the PLMN, broadcasting a CSG indication that is set to
TRUE and a specific CSG identity. A CSG cell is accessible by the members of the
closed subscriber group for that CSG identity.
CSG identity: An identifier broadcast by a CSG cell or cells and used by the UE to
facilitate access for authorised members of the associated Closed Subscriber Group.
Abbreviations of this Section:
PEMAX_H

Max uplink TX Power of UE

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 193 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

3.5.7.3 Cell Reselection Evaluation Process in E-UTRAN


3.5.7.3.1 Reselection Priorities Handling
Absolute priorities of different E-UTRAN Freq's or IRAT Freq's may be
provided to the UE through
3

- System Infos (SIB type 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8) and/or


- RRC Connection Release message or by
- inheriting from another RAT at IRAT Cell (re)Selection
- The UE shall only perform Cell Reselection evaluation for EUTRAN Freq's & IRAT Freq's listed in System Information for
which the UE were provided with a priority (either through
dedicated signaling or via System Info broadcast)
- If priorities are provided in dedicated signaling, the UE shall
ignore all the priorities provided in System Information
The objective of this section is to point out that in an overlaid multi-RAT
environment the cell reselection based on priorities is of importance for
efficient network operation and crucial for UE's battery life.
Key point of this section is that particular cell re-selection could be used to
determine which RAT should be used for which service-purpose of the UE
so that the utility of the network resources is balanced and optimum while
providing high quality of service (QoS) to the UE and especially avoiding
IRAT-handover as much as possible.

Image description

The UE can be informed about absolute priorities for cell reselection through
System Information broadcast and/or RRC Connection Release message (=
dedicated signaling). Moreover the UE can inherit priorities from other RAT's at
Inter-RAT cell (re-)selection.

Depending on Radio Resource Management algorithms in RAN and/or Core, the


dedicated priorities for Inter-Freq and IRAT reselection can be optimized to suit
the subscribers traffic pattern resp. behavior. However, the algorithm for setting
dedicated priorities and also command the UE in Inter-Feq and/or IRAT-Freq redirections depend on RAN/Core vendor.
[3GTS 36.304 (5.2.4.1)]

Absolute priorities of different E-UTRAN frequencies or inter-RAT frequencies may


be provided to the UE in the system information, in the RRC Connection Release
message, or by inheriting from another RAT at inter-RAT cell (re)selection.

- 194 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Radio Resource Control


In the case of system information, an E-UTRAN frequency or inter-RAT frequency
may be listed without providing a priority (i.e. the field cellReselectionPriority is
absent for that frequency). If priorities are provided in dedicated signalling, the UE
shall ignore all the priorities provided in system information. If UE is in camped on
any cell state, UE shall only apply the priorities provided by system information from
current cell, and the UE preserves priorities provided by dedicated signalling unless
specified otherwise. When the UE in camped normally state, has only dedicated
priorities other than for the current frequency, the UE shall consider the current
frequency to be the lowest priority frequency (i.e. lower than the eight network
configured values). While the UE is camped on a suitable CSG cell, the UE shall
always consider the current frequency to be the highest priority frequency (i.e. higher
than the eight network configured values), irrespective of any other priority value
allocated to this frequency.
The UE shall delete priorities provided by dedicated signalling when:
the UE enters RRC_CONNECTED state; or
the optional validity time of dedicated priorities (T320) expires; or
a PLMN selection is performed on request by NAS [3GTS 23.122].

Note: Equal priorities between RATs are not supported.


The UE shall only perform cell reselection evaluation for E-UTRAN frequencies and
inter-RAT frequencies that are given in system information and for which the UE has
a priority provided.
The UE shall not consider any black listed cells as candidate for cell reselection.
The UE shall inherit the priorities provided by dedicated signalling and the remaining
validity time (i.e., T320 in E-UTRA, T322 in UTRA and T3230 in GERAN), if
configured, at inter-RAT cell (re)selection.
Note: The network may assign dedicated (also known as individual) cell
reselection priorities for frequencies not configured by system information.

Room for your Notes

Abbreviations of this Section:


BCH

Broadcast Channel

SIB

System Information Block

PLMN

Public Land Mobile Network

SIM

Subscriber Identity Module

RAN

Radio Access Network (e.g.


UTRAN, GERAN or E-UTRAN)

UTRAN

UMTS (Universal Mobile


Telecommunication System)
Terrestrial Radio Access Network

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 195 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

3.5.7.3.2 Measurement Rules for Cell Re-Selection

The objective of this section is to explain that the UE in LTE needs to


evaluate up to 5 conditions (see color coding in above picture) when
collecting measurements on any neighbor resp. frequency-layer.
The key points of this section are that
1. The serving cell's S-criterion needs to be evaluated by the UE in order to
determine measurements on the same frequency and other frequencies.
2. Beside the S-criterion, the serving cell's absolute priority and the priority of
Inter-Freq and IRAT Freq's needs to be taken into account when to start
measurement collection considering the reception level in the servingCell.

Image Description

- 196 -

Q(rxlevmin): This specifies the minimum required Rx level in the serving cell in
dBm; e.g.: -110 dBm.

S(intraSearch): This specifies the threshold (in dB) for intra-frequency


measurements relative to Q(rxlevmin); e.g. 40 dB RSRP = -110 dBm + 40 dB
= - 70 dBm. This means, as long as the RSRP > -70 dBm the UE does not have
to perform intra-frequency measurements. This saves battery power in UE. Note
that the priority for Intra-Freq neighbor cells should be same as the serving cell.

S(non-IntraSearch): This specifies the threshold (in dB) for E-UTRAN interfrequency and inter-RAT measurements relative to Q(rxlevmin); e.g. 20 dB
RSRP = -110 dBm + 20 dB = - 90 dBm. This means, as long as the
RSCP > -90 dBm the UE does not have to perform measurements on equal or
lower prioritized E-UTRAN inter-Freq's or IRAT Freq's.

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Radio Resource Control

S(servingCell) [dB] = RSRP [dBm] Q(rxlevmin) [dBm]


Example: RSRP = -80 dBm S(servingCell) = -80 - (-110) = + 30 dB

S(non-ServingCell,x) is the S(rxlev)-value of other cells, either inter-Freq or IRATneighbor cells or intra-Freq neighbor cell's. Again following calcuation needs to be
done: RSCP(non-ServingCell,x) Q(rxlevmin,x) = S(nonservingCell,x) in [dB]

Detailed Description
When evaluating for reselection purposes cell selection criterion or S(nonServingCell,x), the UE shall use parameters provided by the serving cell in SIB
type 3. Following rules are used by the UE to limit needed measurements:
- If S(intraSearch) is sent in the serving cell and S(servingCell) > S(intraSearch), UE
may choose to not perform intra-frequency measurements.
- If S(servingCell) <= S(intraSearch), or S(intraSearch) is not sent in the serving cell
UE shall perform intra-frequency measurements.
- The UE shall apply the following rules for E-UTRAN inter-frequencies and inter-RAT
frequencies which are indicated in system information and for which the UE has
priority provided as defined in previous section Reselection Priorities Handling:

For an E-UTRAN inter-frequency or inter-RAT frequency with a reselection


priority higher than the reselection priority of the current E-UTRA frequency
the UE shall perform measurements of higher priority E-UTRAN interfrequency or inter-RAT frequencies.

For an E-UTRAN inter-frequency with an equal or lower reselection priority


than the reselection priority of the current E-UTRA frequency and for interRAT frequency with lower reselection priority than the reselection priority of
the current E-UTRAN frequency:

If S(non-Intrasearch) is sent in the serving cell and S(servingCell) >


S(non-IntraSearch) UE may choose not to perform measurements
of E-UTRAN inter-frequencies or inter-RAT frequency cells of equal
or lower priority.
If S(servingCell) <= S(non-IntraSearch) or S(non-IntraSearch is not
sent in the serving cell the UE shall perform measurements of EUTRAN inter-frequencies or inter-RAT frequency cells of equal or
lower priority.

Where S(servingCell) is the S(rxlev)-value of the serving cell.


[3GTS 36.304 (5.2.4.2)]
Lessons learned from UMTS Rel. 99 Hierarchical Cell Structure:
The HCS-feature effects UE's battery life.
Note: Without HCS, the UE will not search for any neighbors until
S(intraSearch_UTRAN) is reached. So if the Ec/N0 of the serving cell is good, power
consumption in UE is very low. But With HCS, the UE will constantly search for
neighbors with a higher HCS priority regardless of the Ec/N0 of the serving cell. What
Operator have noticed is that these searches (every DRX cycle) consume quite a bit
of power especially if the neighbors are on another FDD frequency. Moreover, due to
peculiar Femto cell deployment every UMTS macro cell has by default Femto
neighbor relations even if no Femtos exist in that area. This process has to be this
way, as the Operator does not know where Femtos will be powered on by the
subscriber's. So the UE will constantly scan for these neighbors every DRX cycle
trying to detect and measure them.
Abbreviations of this Section:

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 197 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

3.5.7.3.3 Mobility States in E-UTRAN

The objective of this section is to explain that LTE uses similar UE speed
detection method like UMTS defined in Rel. 5 (note that in UMTS of Rel. 99
the speed detection was only possible with Hierarchical Cell Structure
activated and then the UE reselected based on mobility/speed certain
Frequency Layer).
The key points of this section are:
1. The mobility detection of either Normal, Medium or High just influences
the scaling of the timer for Reselection (Treselection) but does not favor a
particular reselection behavior towards certain Frequency Layers (having
certain priorities). One could have specified that the UE in High Mobility
State preferably reselects Macro-cells which then the operator needs to
prioritize in order to reduce the amount of cell changes/reselections, but this
was not standardized in LTE but rather the case in UMTS of Rel. 99.
2. The UE needs to have a mechanism in place to track the number of
reselections in a certain period, e.g. sliding window mechanism or a ringbuffer where the UE logs the time-stamp when a reselection happens as well
counts the occurred reselections within T(CR_max) and T(CR_maxHyst)
time.
Note that the eNB is not aware about UE's mobility state when UE is in Idle state. In
connected state the eNB can determine UE's speed by counting the # of HO's in a
period of time and may decide on different RRM resp. Handover algorithms.

- 198 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Radio Resource Control

Image Description
1. The UE is considered in High Mobility State as it changes within 60 s more
than 12 cells.
2. The UE has to consider itself in Medium Mobility as it changes within 60 s
more 8 cells but less than 12 cells.
3. During a time of 120 s the UE has less than 8 cell reselections performed
and must therefore itself consider as slow moving Normal Mobility.
Besides Normal-mobility state a High-mobility and a Medium-mobility state are
applicable if the parameters (T(CR_max), N(CR_H), N(CR_M) and T(CR_maxHyst)
are sent in the SIB type 3 (and also contained in IE 'MeasConfig' of RRC Connection
Reconfiguration message) in broadcast of the serving cell.
3GTS 36.304 (5.2.4.3)]

State detection criteria:

Medium-mobility state criteria:


- If number of cell reselections during time period T(CR_max) exceeds
N(CR_M) and not exceeds N(CR_H)

High-mobility state criteria:


- If number of cell reselections during time period T(CR_max) exceeds
N(CR_H)

The UE shall not count consecutive reselections between same two cells into
mobility state detection criteria if same cell is reselected just after one other
reselection.

State transitions:
The UE shall:
- if the criteria for High-mobility state is detected:
- enter High-mobility state.
- else if the criteria for Medium-mobility state is detected:
- enter Medium-mobility state.
- else if criteria for either Medium- or High-mobility state is not detected during time
period T(CR_maxHyst):
- enter Normal-mobility state.
If the UE is in High- or Medium-mobility state, the UE shall apply the speed
dependent scaling rules as defined in next section Scaling Rules.
Abbreviation of this Section:
N(CR_H)

Number of cell reselections


High

T(CR_max)

Timer for guarding cell reselections

N(CR_M)

Number of cell reselections


Medium

T(CR_max
Hyst)

Hysteresis timer for guarding cell


reselections

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 199 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

3.5.7.3.4 Scaling Rules based on Mobility State

The objective of this section is to highlight that additional to Medium- and


High mobility detection the UE can be optional configured to apply a
reduction of the Treselection timer and/or an increase of the hysteresis for
the LTE serving cell in order to lift up serving cell's ranking value R(s).
The key points of this section are:
1. The scaling resp. reduction of the Treselection timer can be configured
RAT-specific (e.g. individual for E-UTRAN-, UTRAN- or GERAN- Freqlayer's)
2. In order to reduce the fading effects of moving UE's having a high velocity
in E-UTRAN, the LTE serving cell can be promoted by different hysteresis
values depending on Medium- and High- Mobility state. An increased
hysteresis reduces Ping-Pong reselections in fast changing radio
environment.

Image Description
The scaling resp. reduction of Treselection timer (~ RAT-specific scaling) is done
independently of the neighbors RAT and priority. On the other side the hysteresis
is only used in the cell ranking for serving cell and for neighbor cells of intra-Freq and

- 200 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Radio Resource Control


equal priority inter-Freq neighbors. Thus the increase of hysteresis has no effect in
reselection conditions e.g. between LTE and GERAN or LTE and UTRAN as ranking
is not used between RAT's! For IRAT reselections (and reselections between
different prioritized LTE Freq-layers) thresholds and priority of IRAT and Inter-Freq
neigbhors are only considered. This is explained in the next sections.
UE shall apply the following scaling rules:

If neither Medium- nor High-mobility state is detected:


- no scaling is applied.

If High-mobility state is detected:


- Add the sf-High of "Speed dependent ScalingFactor for Qhyst to Qhyst if
sent via SI (= System Info)
- For E-UTRAN cells multiply Treselection_EUTRA by the sf-High of "Speed
dependent ScalingFactor for Treselection_EUTRA if sent via SI
- For UTRAN cells multiply Treselection_UTRA by the sf-High of "Speed
dependent ScalingFactor for Treselection_UTRA if sent via SI
- For GERAN cells multiply Treselection_GERA by the sf-High of "Speed
dependent ScalingFactor for Treselection_GERA state if sent via SI
<snip>

If Medium-mobility state is detected:


- Add the sf-Medium of "Speed dependent ScalingFactor for Q(hyst) for
medium mobility state" to Q(hyst) if sent on system information
- For E-UTRAN cells multiply Treselection_EUTRA by the sf-Medium of
"Speed dependent ScalingFactor for Treselection_EUTRA" if sent on SI
- For UTRAN cells multiply Treselection_UTRA by the sf-Medium of "Speed
dependent ScalingFactor for Treselection_UTRA" if sent via SI
- For GERAN cells multiply Treselection_GERA by the sf-Medium of "Speed
dependent ScalingFactor for Treselection_GERA" if sent via SI
<snip>
Note that the scaling of Treselection for CDMA_HRPD and CDMA_1XRTT is skipped
on purpose for simplicity reasons and not shown in the picture.
Note: In case scaling is applied to any Treselection_'RAT' parameter the UE shall
round up the result after all scalings to the nearest second.
[3GTS 36.304 (5.2.4.3.1), 3GTS 36.331 (6.3.1)]

Abbreviation of this Section:


1XRTT

1 times Radio Transmission


Technology, with same RF
bandwidth as IS-95: a duplex
pair of 1.25 MHz

Hyst

Hysteresis

E-UTRA

Enhanced UMTS Terrestrial


Radio Access

RAT

Radio Access Technology

GERA

GERAN Radio Access

SI

Here: System Information

HRPD

High rate packet data

SF

Scaling Factor

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 201 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

3.5.7.4 E-UTRAN Inter-Freq and IRAT Cell Reselection Criteria

The objective of this section is to highlight that LTE's Inter-Freq and IRAT
cell reselection is not based, compared to UMTS, on cumbersome ranking
among different neighbors of various RAT's and Frequencies but just on the
simple RX-level threshold's individual set for Inter-Freq and IRAT neighbor's.
The key points of this section are:
1. Inter-Freq & IRAT-neighbors of higher priority are reselected by UE if their
RSCP (UTRAN neighbor) or RXLEV (GSM/EGPRS neighbor) or RSRP (LTE
neighbor) exceed an absolute value of Q(rxlevmin,x) + Thresh(x,high).
2. The UE gets informed when camping in LTE about minimum required RXlevel's [in case of UMTS-FDD also Q(qualmin)] of other RAT's or other LTE
Frequencies via the relevant SIB's: SIB-type 5, SIB-type 6, SIB-type 7 and
SIB-type 8 broadcast the respective Q(rxlevmin) per RAT/Frequency.
3. The UE gets through the same E-UTRAN SIB's informed about the
required threshold's(x,high) per RAT and LTE-Freq which must be exceeded
by the RAT or LTE-Freq specific Q(rxlev,x) for time-period of
Treselection_RAT ; only then reselection towards RAT/Freq-x is allowed.
- 202 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Radio Resource Control


Details on Inter-Freq and IRAT Cell Reselection
For GERAN, UTRAN, and E-UTRAN, S(non-ServingCell,x) is the S(rxlev)-value of an
evaluated cell; Q(rxlevmeas) is the measured reception level in RAT- or Freq-x.
S(non-ServingCell,x) = Q(rxlevmeas,x) Q(rxlevmin,x)
For UTRAN FDD, there is an additional condition to be fulfilled for cell reselection.
The measured Ec/No must be above an minimum value:

3
UMTS-FDD: S(qual) > 0 S(qual) = Q(qualmin) Q(qualmeas).
Note that Q(qualmeas) is the measured Ec/No-value in UTRA. The parameter
Q(qualmin) is broadcast in SIB-3 on BCCH to the UE's.
In all the above criteria the value of T(reselection_RAT) [range 0...7 s] is scaled when
the UE is in the medium or high mobility state as explained in previous section.
If more than one cell meets the above criteria, the UE shall reselect a cell ranked as
the best cell among the cells meeting the criteria on the highest priority frequencies
or the highest priority RAT; and if the highest priority RAT is E-UTRA according to
criteria defined in section Intra-Frequency and equal Priority Inter-Freq Reselection
Criteria. [3GTS 36.304 (5.2.4.5)]
The IE ReselectionThreshold [= Thresh(x,high)] is broadcast per Frequency Layer
to enforce an RSRP or RSCP or RXLEV-threshold defined by the operator.
With such level-thresholds it is easier to control the idle-traffic and have the UE
pushed already on the preferred Freq-layer avoiding handover later-on in connectedmode. Note that in urban dense area's the UE receives signals of up to 3 RAT's and
via more than 3 Frequencies as UMTS may use 2 FDD-Freq's.
Reselection Condition for higher prioritized RAT's or Freq's:

Criteria 1: the S(non-ServingCell,x) of a cell on evaluated frequency is


greater than Thresh(x, high) during a time interval T(reselection_RAT).

Cell reselection to a cell on a higher priority E-UTRAN frequency or interRAT frequency than serving frequency shall be performed if:

A cell of a higher priority E-UTRAN frequency or inter-RAT frequency


fulfills criteria 1; and
more than 1 second has elapsed since the UE camped on the current
serving cell.

Abbreviation of this Section:


S(nonServing,x)

RAT- or Freq-x specific value


above Q(rxlevmin,x)

Q(rxlevmin
,x)

RAT- or Freq-x-specific min


required RX-level

S(qual)

UMTS-FDD specific quality


value based on Ec/No

S(rxlev,x)

RAT- or Freq-x specific value in dB


above minimum required value

Q(qualmin)

Min required Ec/No-value in


UMTS-FDD broadcast by LTE

Thresh(x,

RAT- or Freq-x specific threshold to


be exceeded for priority reselection

RAT- or Freq-x specific


measured reception level

Q(rxlevmeas,
x)

high)

Inter-RAT Neighbor or LTE-Inter


Frequency Neighbor

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 203 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

3.5.7.5 Intra-Freq and equal Priority Inter-Freq Reselection Criteria

The objective of this section is firstly to state that there is a specific ranking
for LTE's intra- and inter-frequency neighbors having the same priority and
secondly to demonstrate how cell ranking criterion R(s) for serving cell and
R(n) for neighboring cells is defined.
Key point of this section are:
1. Neighbor cells belonging to different RAT's or Frequencies are not ranked
against each other as they must have different priority's!
2. Neighbor cells of equal Priority like serving cell are only allowed within the
same RAT, e.g. all E-UTRAN neighbors , even on different frequencies can
be set by the operator to same Priority or all UMTS-FDD neighbor's can
have the same Priority or all GERAN neighbor cells can be configured with
the same Priority.
3. If several higher prioritized neighbor cells fulfilling criteria 1 (see previous
section), there will be also a ranking done among these higher prioritized
cells only according to their S(rxlev).

Image Description
Intra LTE cell reselection (reselection among cells on the same frequency or different

- 204 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Radio Resource Control


frequency but same priority like serving cell) is based on calculating an so called
Ranking value. The UE adds to measured RSRP-value Q(meas,s) of the LTE-serving
cell a hysteresis value Q(hyst) broadcast in SIB type 3.
36.331 (6.3.1): q-Hyst range = {dB0, dB1, dB2, dB3, dB4, , dB20, dB22, dB24}
The hysteresis promotes the serving cell against all other LTE intra-frequency and
inter-frequency neighbor's having the same priority as the serving cell. The hysteresis
thus helps to reduce Ping-Pong reselections which are particular not desire-able if
they occur on Tracking Area boundaries. Another advantage of the hysteresis is that
just the serving cell needs to be optimized with a certain high dB-value compared to
the alternative which is to specify for every LTE-neighbor cell an Offset-value.
However, the Q(Offset,n) allows an optimized or guided reselection from serving cell
to certain LTE-neighbor cell's as the Offset_s,n is per neighbor relationship
configurable in SIB type 4. Q(offset,n) is also possible per inter-frequency!
36.331 (6.3.1):IntraFreqNeighCellList ::= 1..maxCellIntra)) OF IntraFreqNeighCellInfo
IntraFreqNeighCellInfo ::= { physCellId (= PCI ~ scrambling code),q-OffsetCell}

q-OffsetCell = Q-OffsetRange
Q-OffsetRange is used to indicate a cell or frequency specific offset to be applied
when evaluating candidates for cell re-selection or when evaluating triggering
conditions for measurement reporting. Value range {-24dB, -20dB-6dB, -5dB...
+4dB, +5dB, +6dB, +8dB... + 24dB}
Further Details:
i) Q(offset(s,n)) refers to the offset between serving and neighbor cell
a) for intra-freq: Q(offset) = Q(offset_s,n)
b) for inter-freq: Q(offset) = Q(offset_s,n) + Q(offset_freq)
ii) Q(offset(freq)) refers to freq-specific offset for equal priority E-UTRAN freqs
LTE-Frequency specific Q(offset_freq) in SIB type 5
36.331 (6.3.1): q-OffsetFreq = Q-OffsetRange
DEFAULT= dB0,
This means that for equal prioritized LTE inter-frequency neighbor cells the operator
has the option firstly to promote or discourage reselections by a negative or positive
Q(offset_freq) value. In simple words idle traffic can be shuffled from serving freq to
another LTE-freq. Secondly the operator can again define by Q(offset_s,n) per interfrequency neighbor cell a specific offset to promote or discourage certain
reselections. Note that the frequency specific offset Q(offset_freq) and neighbor ship
specific offset Q(offset_s,n) refer to the same ASN.1 parameter: Q-OffsetRange.
Abbreviations of this Section:
Q(hyst)

hysteresis value for ranking of


the serving cell [dB]

q-OffsetFreq

q-Hyst

Same as Q(hyst), ASN.1 name

Q(offset_freq) Frequency specific offset [dB]

Q(meas)

RSRP-value resp. Q(rxlevmeas)

QOffsetRange

[dBm]

Same as Q(offset_freq),
ASN.1 name in 36.331

ASN.1 parameter name for


neighbor or frequency offset

Q(meas,s)

RSRP-value of serving cell [dBm] Q(offset_s,n)

Offset per neighbor ship

q-OffsetCell

Neighbor cell specific offset [dB]

Receive Signal Ref Power

Q(offset,n)

Neighbor or frequency offset

RSRP

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 205 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

3.5.7.5.1 Cell Ranking Criterion in E-UTRAN for equal Priority


inter-Freq and intra-Freq

The objective of this section is to illustrate the ranking formula for serving cell
and neighbor cells having the same priority. The ranking of the neighbor
cells can be distinguished by intra-frequency and inter-frequency.
Key point of this section are:
1. Intra-frequency and inter-frequency neighbor's have same priority as the
serving cell. Only then the above depicted ranking criterion applies.
2. Equal priorities between different RAT's is not supported resp. allowed.
3. The Q(offset) of inter-frequency = Q(offset_s,n) + Q(offset_freq) whereas
the Q(offset) for intra-frequency = Q(offset_s,n).

Image Description
The cell-ranking criterion R(s) for serving cell and R(n) for neighbouring cells is
defined by:
I) R(s) = Q(meas,s) + Q(Hyst)
II) R(n) = Q(meas,n) + Q(offset)
where:

- 206 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Radio Resource Control


Q(meas):
Q(offset):

RSRP measurement quantity used in cell reselections.


For intra-frequency: Equals to Q(offset_s,n, if Q(offset_s,n) is valid,
otherwise this equals to zero.
For inter-frequency: Equals to Q(offset_s,n) plus Q(offset_freq), if
Q(offset_s,n) is valid, otherwise this equals to Q(offset_freq).

The UE shall perform ranking of all cells that fulfill the cell selection criterion S, which
is defined in earlier sections of this chapter, but may exclude all CSG cells that are
known by the UE to be not allowed.
The cells shall be ranked according to the R criteria specified above, deriving
Q(meas,n) and Q(meas,s) and calculating the R values using averaged RSRP
results.
If a cell is ranked as the best cell the UE shall perform cell reselection to that cell. If
this cell is found to be not-suitable, the UE shall behave according to Highest ranked
cells with cell reservations, access restrictions or unsuitable for normal camping
being described in 3GTS 36.304 (5.2.4.4). This subject is skipped here for simplicity
reasons!

In all cases, the UE shall reselect the new cell, only if the following conditions
are met:

the new cell is better ranked than the serving cell during a time interval
Treselection_RAT;
more than 1 second has elapsed since the UE camped on the current
serving cell.
[3GTS 36.304 (5.2.4.6)]

Room for your Notes:

Abbreviations of this Section:


E-UTRAN Evolved UMTS (Universal Mobile
Telecommunication System)
Terrestrial Radio Access Network

SIB

System Information Block

RSRP

UTRAN

UMTS (Universal Mobile


Telecommunication System)
Terrestrial Radio Access Network

Reference Signal Received Power

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 207 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

3.5.7.6 Cell Reselection towards lower Priority E-UTRAN Freq or


IRAT Freq than Serving Freq

The objective of this section is to give the characteristics of the cell


reselection procedure with special emphasis on lower prioritized E-UTRAN
Freq or IRAT Freq neighbors than serving frequency/cell.
Key points of this section are
1. Four conditions need to be fulfilled in order to let an UE camping on an
LTE frequency/cell reselect towards lower prioritized IRAT frequency or
lower prioritized other E-UTRAN frequency.
2. The ReselectionThresholds for serving cell and neighbor cell are based on
the S-criteria and therefore based on Q(rxlevmin) values of serving cell and
neighbor cell.
3. The S(ServingCell) corresponds to the S(rxlev)-value of the serving cell
and the S(non-servingCell,x)-value corresponds to the S(rxlev)-value of
neighbor cell 'x'.

- 208 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Radio Resource Control


Image Description

Cell reselection to a cell on a lower priority E-UTRAN frequency or inter-RAT


frequency than serving frequency shall be performed if:

No neighbor cell on a higher priority E-UTRAN frequency or inter-RAT


frequency than serving frequency fulfills the criteria 1 (mentioned in
previous section); and
No neighbor cell on serving frequency or on an equal priority E-UTRAN
frequency fulfills the ranking criteria R(n) > R(s) for Treselection_RAT;
and
S(ServingCell) < Thresh(serving, low) and the S(non-ServingCell,x) of a
cell of a lower priority E-UTRAN frequency or inter-RAT frequency is
greater than Thresh(x, low) during a time interval Treselection_RAT;
and
more than 1 second has elapsed since the UE camped on the current
serving cell.

For GERAN, UTRAN, and E-UTRAN, S(non-ServingCell,x) is the S(rxlev)-value of an


evaluated cell. For UTRAN FDD, S(qual) is higher than 0, as defined in [3GTS
25.304]. For cdma2000 RAT's, S(non-ServingCell,x) is equal to -FLOOR(-2 x 10 x
log10 Ec/Io) in units of 0.5 dB, with Ec/Io referring to the value measured from the
evaluated cell.
For cdma2000 RAT's, Thresh(x, high) and Thresh(x, low) are equal to -1 times the
values signaled for the corresponding parameters in the system information.
In all the above criteria the value of Treselection_RAT is scaled when the UE is in the
medium or high mobility state (explained before in earlier section).
If more than one cell meets the above criteria, the UE shall reselect a cell ranked as
the best cell among the cells meeting the criteria on the highest priority frequencies
or the highest priority RAT.
[3GTS 36.304 (5.2.4.5)]

Room for your Notes

Abbreviations of this Section:


R(n)

Ranking value of neighbor cell

S(rxlev)

R(s)

Ranking value of serving cell

Q(rxlev
min,s)

S-criterion of a cell:

Q(rxlevmeas) - Q(rxlevmin)

S(nonS-criterion of neighbor cell 'x' in Q(rxlev


ServingCell,x) other RAT or different frequency min,n)

Min required reception level in serving


cell for camping and cell selection
Min required reception level in
neighbor cell for cell reselection

S(ServingCell) S-criterion of serving cell

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 209 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

3.6 GERAN to E-UTRAN Cell Reselection


3.6.1 IRAT Measurements when camping in GSM or GPRS

The objective of this section is to highlight that priority-based IRAT neighbor


search also exist in GERAN. The BSS/PCU broadcast IRAT neighbor lists
(UTRAN and/or E-UTRAN) in SI-2quater.
The
key
points
of
this
section
are:
1. The UE can inherit priorities from other RAT when reselecting to GSM.
These priorities are so called dedicated (also known as individual) priorities).
Theses dedicated priorities take precedence over common priorities
broadcast
via
SI-2quater.
2. The network takes care either through dedicated signaling or through
broadcast that UE's in GERAN have received their priorities for every
supported RAT in the network.
For a multi-RAT MS supporting E-UTRA, E-UTRAN frequencies may be included in
the E-UTRAN Neighbor Cell list (SI-2quater). The network controls the
measurements for reselection of E-UTRA cells by the parameter
THRESH_priority_search broadcast on BCCH via System Info 2quater.
The parameter THRESH_priority_search also controls measurement of inter-RAT
cells or frequencies included in the 3G Cell Reselection list when the inter-RAT
cell reselection algorithm based on priority information is used.

- 210 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Radio Resource Control

When RLA_C of the serving cell is below THRESH_priority_search, the


mobile station shall monitor cells of inter-RAT frequencies of lower priority
than the serving cell.

When RLA_C of the serving cell is above the threshold, the mobile station is
allowed not to monitor cells of inter-RAT frequencies of lower priority than the
serving cell.

The MS shall perform the measurement processes for E-UTRAN and other
access technologies in parallel when applicable.
The mobile station shall monitor cells of inter-RAT frequencies of higher priority than
the serving cell at least once every (60*Nhpf) seconds, where Nhpf is the number of
inter-RAT frequencies of higher priority.

Definition of RLC_C
Note: For the purposes of cell selection and reselection, the MS is required to
maintain an average of received signal levels for all monitored frequencies. These
quantities termed the "received level averages" (RLA_C), shall be unweighted
averages of the received signal levels measured in dBm. The accuracy of the
received signal level measurements for idle mode tasks shall be the same as for
radio link measurements.
[3GTS 45.008 (6.1)]
Maximum number of UTRAN and E-UTRAN neighbors to be monitored when in
GSM
A multi-RAT MS shall be able to monitor cells from other radio access technologies,
divided into (depending on the MS capability):

UTRAN FDD cells on up to 3 FDD frequencies, with a maximum of 32 cells


per frequency; and/or

UTRAN TDD cells on up to 3 TDD frequencies with a maximum of 32 cells


per frequency; and/or

E-UTRAN FDD cells on up to 3 FDD frequencies; and/or

E-UTRAN TDD cells on up to 3 TDD frequencies.


The total number of monitored UTRAN cells shall not exceed 64.
[3GTS 45.008 (6.6.4)]
At inter-RAT cell reselection from UTRAN or E-UTRAN to GERAN, the MS shall
inherit valid individual priority information from the source RAT. In this case the
mobile station shall start timer T3230 with the timeout value set to the remaining
validity time of the corresponding timer from the source RAT (i.e. T320 in E-UTRA,
T322 in UTRA). If more than one valid individual priority applied for GERAN
frequencies while in the source RAT then, following inter-RAT reselection to GERAN,
the mobile station shall apply, as GERAN individual priority, only the one applicable
to the BCCH carrier of the GERAN cell that was reselected, for as long as it is valid
and the mobile station remains in GERAN. In this case the mobile station shall not
apply the other GERAN individual priority(ies) until a further inter-RAT reselection
from GERAN occurs.
NOTE: The network may provide individual priorities information for inter-RAT
frequencies not configured by system information.

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 211 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

3.6.2 IRAT Cell Reselection based on Priority 2G to 3G / LTE


3.6.2.1 Cell Reselection Criteria's

The objective of this section is to describe the three possible cases for IRAT
reselection from GERAN to UTRAN/E-UTRAN based on priority.
The key points of this section are:
1. A MS involved in a CS-voice call will never be handed over towards EUTRAN even the UE is DTM with simultaneous Voice and PS bearer: So
IRAT changes from GSM towards LTE can only take place in Idle mode.
2. Of course once the MS has just a PS-connection (TBF) the MS can either
reselect autonomously ( network control order 0) or controlled through
PCU (NC-2) known as network controlled cell reselection (NCCR) or through
NACC (network assisted cell change from (E)GPRS to UTRAN or E-UTRAN.

A MS supporting E-UTRAN shall support priority based IRAT cell reselection


towards all RATs. The Network shall provide Priority Info if E-UTRAN Freqs are
included in the neighbor cell list!

- 212 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Radio Resource Control


The algorithm for cell reselection in this section shall be used for inter-RAT cell
reselection if priority information is available to the MS and threshold information is
provided by the network, and if the MS supports priority based inter-RAT cell reselection. A mobile station supporting E-UTRAN shall support priority based interRAT cell re-selection towards all the supported RAT's. A MS not supporting EUTRAN and supporting UTRAN and supporting priority based reselection from
UTRAN to GERAN shall support priority based inter-RAT cell re-selection towards
UTRAN.
The network shall provide priority information if E-UTRAN frequencies are included in
the neighbor cell list; the network may provide priority information if only UTRAN
frequencies are included in the neighbor cell list. If priority information is available to
the mobile station, the algorithm in this section shall be used for inter-RAT
reselection towards all RAT's. The rules regarding which set of priorities is valid at
any given time are defined in 3TS 44.018 (3.2.3) Inter-RAT cell re-selection based
on priority information.
NOTE 1:Priority information means information related to each UTRAN or EUTRAN frequency (e.g. THRESH_UTRAN_high, THRESH_E-UTRAN_high) and
information related to the serving cell (e.g. GERAN_PRIORITY).
NOTE 2:Throughout the specification, the phrase neighbor cell list will include also
the E-UTRAN Neighbor Cell list where appropriate.
The MS shall then reselect a suitable (see 3GPP TS 25.304 for UTRAN and 3GPP
TS 36.304 for E-UTRAN) cell of another radio access technology if the criteria below
are satisfied. S_non-serving_XXX is the measurement quantity of a non-serving
inter-RAT cell and XXX indicates the other radio access technology/mode and is
defined as follows:

for a UTRAN cell, is the measured RSCP value for the cell minus
UTRAN_QRXLEVMIN for the cells frequency;

for a E-UTRAN cell, is the measured RSRP value for the cell minus EUTRAN_QRXLEVMIN for the cells frequency.
For a GSM cell, S_GSM is defined as the C1 value for the cell.

To be continued on next page


Abbreviations of this Section:
to be defined.

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 213 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

Cell Reselection Criteria in details


Cell reselection to a cell of another inter-RAT frequency shall be performed if any of
the conditions below (to be evaluated in the order shown) is satisfied:

1) The S_non-serving_XXX of one or more cells of a higher priority inter-RAT


frequency is greater than THRESH_XXX_high during a time interval
T_reselection; in that case, the mobile station shall consider the cells for
reselection in decreasing order of priority and, for cells of the same inter-RAT
frequency, in decreasing order of S_non-serving_XXX, and reselect the first
cell that satisfies the conditions above;

2) The value of S_GSM is lower than THRESH_GSM_low for the serving cell
and all measured GSM cells during a time interval T_reselection; in this case,
the mobile station shall consider for reselection the inter-RAT cells in the
following order, and reselect the first one that satisfies the following criteria:

2a) cells of a lower priority inter-RAT frequency whose S_non-serving_XXX


is greater than THRESH_XXX_low during a time interval T_reselection;
these cells shall be considered in decreasing order of priority and, for cells of
the same RAT, in decreasing order of S_non-serving_XXX;

2b) if no cells satisfy the criterion above, inter-RAT cells for which, during a
time interval T_reselection, S_non-serving_XXX is higher than S_GSM for
the serving cell by at least a specific hysteresis H_PRIO; these cells shall be
considered in decreasing order of S_non-serving_XXX.
A UTRAN FDD cell shall only be reselected if, in addition to the criteria above, its
measured Ec/No value is equal to or greater than FDD_Qmin FDD_Qmin_Offset.
[3GTS 45.008 (6.6.6)]

Cell reselection to a cell of another radio access technology (e.g. UTRAN or EUTRAN) shall not occur within 5 seconds after the MS has reselected a GSM cell
from an inter-RAT cell if a suitable GSM cell can be found.
If the mobile station applies common priorities and priority information for the serving
cell is missing, the mobile station shall consider any GSM cell (including the serving
cell) to have lowest priority (i.e. lower than the eight network configured values).
If the mobile station applies individual priorities received through dedicated signaling
and priority information is available only for some inter-RAT frequencies, cells
belonging to frequencies for which no individual priority is available or no threshold is
provided by the serving cell shall not be considered for measurement and for cell reselection.
Note that in the next two sections the case 1) and then case 2a) and case 2b) are
shown in greater detail!

- 214 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Radio Resource Control

Room for your Notes

Abbreviations of this Section:


to be defined.

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 215 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

3.6.2.2 Cell Reselection from GERAN towards higher prioritized


IRAT Frequency

The objective of this section is to describe how the various parameters


broadcast in SI-2quater influence the reselection from GSM/GRPS towards
E-UTRAN and UTRAN cells of higher priority than 2G's priority's. Here we
show the IRAT reselection case 1) stated in previous section!
The key points of this section are:
1. The parameter 'THRESH_priority_search' is the threshold for the GSM
serving cell that controls measurement on inter-RAT cells or frequencies of
lower priority and is based on absolute RXLEV values in dBm. Once the
RXELV of the serving cell falls below this threshold the UE is forced to
search and measure lower prioritized IRAT neighbors.
2. The UE must always search and measure higher prioritized IRAT
neighbors if configured via SI-2quater.

Image Description
Event-1: The signal strength of a higher prioritized IRAT neighbor (e.g. UTRAN or EUTRAN) exceeds the THRESH_XXX_high. From this moment on the UE starts the
Treselection timer. Treselection timer delays the reselection for minimum of 5sec this
adds some hysteresis and avoids ping-pong reselections.

- 216 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Radio Resource Control


Event-2: The signal strength of the higher prioritized IRAT neighbor is above
threshold TRESH_XXX_high for at least Treselection time. This means the
condition for reselection towards that higher prioritized IRAT neighbor is fulfilled and
the UE shall re-select that IRAT neighbor now.
Event-3: The signal strength of the higher prioritized IRAT neighbor drops below
THRESH_XXX_low. This means that the IRAT neighbor is not longer a preferred
candidate for reselection. The MS would only reselect towards such a weak IRATneighbor in case the C1-value of GSM falls additional below TRESH_GSM_low
which means that GSM-overage is pretty bad.
RXLEV_ACCESS_MIN: Minimum received signal level at the MS, required for
access to the GSM system; range: 0 63 (relative applied to -110 dBm)
THRESH_GSM_low: A threshold below which the MS is allowed to reselect to lower
priority layers; range: 0 = 0 dB, 1 = 2 dB, 2 = 4 dB, , 13 = 26 dB, 14 = 28 dB,
15 = 'infinite' (always).
THRESH_priority_search: A threshold for the serving cell that controls
measurement of inter-RAT cells or frequencies of lower priority when the prioritybased cell reselection algorithm is used; range: 0 = -98 dBm, 1 = -95 dBm,
2 = -92 dBm, , 13 = -59 dBm, 14 = -56 dBm, 15 = 'infinite' (always).
GERAN_PRIORITY: Priority of GSM cells, range: 0 = lowest priority, ,
7 = highest priority.
UTRAN_QRXLEVMIN: Minimum required RX level for cells on the target UTRAN
frequency (dBm), range: 0 = -119 dBm, 1 = -117 dBm, 2 = -115 dBm, ,
30 = -59 dBm, 31 = -57 dBm.
Default value = -119 dBm.
THRESH_UTRAN_FDD_high, THRESH_UTRAN_FDD_low: Reselection thresholds
towards UTRAN FDD cells, range: 0 = 0 dB, 1 = 2 dB, 2 = 4 dB, 3 = 6 dB, ,
30 = 60 dB, 31 = 62 dB.
Default of THRESH_UTRAN_FDD_low = value of THRESH_UTRAN_FDD_high.
UTRAN_PRIORITY: Priority of a UTRAN frequency layer, 0 = lowest priority, ,
7 = highest priority.
E-UTRAN_QRXLEVMIN: Minimum required RX level for cells on the target EUTRAN frequency (dBm), range: 0 = -140 dBm, 1 = -138 dBm, 2 = -136 dBm, ,
30 = -80 dBm, 31 = -78 dBm.
Default value = -140 dBm.
THRESH_E-UTRAN_high, THRESH_E-UTRAN_low: Reselection thresholds
towards E-UTRAN FDD or TDD cells, range: 0 = 0 dB, 1 = 2 dB, 2 = 4 dB, 3 = 6 dB,
, 30 = 60 dB, 31 = 62 dB.
Default value of THRESH_E-UTRAN_low = value of THRESH_E UTRAN_high.
E-UTRAN_PRIORITY: Priority of a E-UTRAN frequency layer, 0 = lowest priority, ,
7 = highest priority.
[3GTS 45.008 (9)]

Abbreviations of this Section:


to be defined.

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 217 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

3.6.2.3 Cell Reselection from GERAN towards lower prioritized


IRAT Frequency

The objective of this section is to show the IRAT reselection case 2a) and
case 2b) towards lower prioritized neighbors of e.g. UTRAN or E-UTRAN.
The key points of this section are:
1. The MS must follow an order in its IRAT reselection based on signal
strength of the IRAT-neighbor's when the coverage resp. C1 value of GSM
serving and neighbor cells is below the threshold THRESH_GSM_low. At
first the IRAT-neighbors whose S-criteria S(non-serving_XXX) is above
threshold THRESH_XXX_low will be considered for reselection case 2a).
2. If no suitable IRAT-neighbor is available (as their S(rxlev)-value is below
THRESH_XXX_low and the coverage of GSM is still below threshold
THRESH_GSM_Low, then the MS should reselect the better cell when the
neighbor cell is stronger by a hysteresis value of H_PRIO for Treselection
time. case 2b)

Image Description
Event-1: The GSM coverage drops below critical threshold defined
THRESH_GSM_Low but no suitable strong IRAT neighbor is available.

- 218 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

by

Radio Resource Control


Event-4: IRAT Reselection case 2b) is shown here. The GSM coverage is bad and
below threshold THRESH_GSM_Low and at the same time no IRAT-neighbor has a
signal strength which is above threshold THRES_XXX_high. But for a period of time
Treselection the IRAT-neighbor's S(non-ServingCell,x) exceeds S(GSM,serv) by
hysteresis value H_PRIO.
Event-2: Here the signal of the lower prioritized IRAT neighbor cell 'x' takes a
different trend. The S(rxlev) of the lower prioritized IRAT neighbor exceeds threshold
TRESH_XXX_low.
Event-3: IRAT Reselection case 2a) is shown. The GSM coverage expressed by
S_GSM (= C1-value) is below threshold THRESH_GSM_low but the S(rxlev) of an
IRAT neighbor cell is above minimum required signal strength expressed by
threshold THRESH_XXX_low for Treselection time.

The UE shall reselect in either case 2a) or in case 2b) the IRAT neighbor 'x'.
H_PRIO: Hysteresis used in the priority reselection algorithm, range:
0 = infinite (rule disabled), 1 = 5 dB, 2 = 4 dB, 3 = 3 dB.
T_reselection: Time hysteresis in the reselection algorithm, range:
0 = 5 sec, 1 = 10 sec, 2 = 15 sec, 3 = 20 sec.
Qsearch_C_E-UTRAN_Initial: Indicates the Qsearch value to be used in dedicated /
dual transfer mode before Qsearch_C_E-UTRAN is received,
Search for E-UTRAN cells if signal level below threshold (0-7):
- 98, - 94, , - 74 dBm, infinite (always)
or above threshold (8-15): - 78, - 74, , - 54 dBm, infinite (never)
[3GTS 45.008 (9)]
Abbreviations of this Section:
to be defined.

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 219 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

Lessons Learned / Conclusions

- 220 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Lower Layers of the Uu-Interface: MAC, RLC & PDCP

Chapter 4:
Lower Layers of the Uu-Interface: MAC, RLC & PDCP

Objectives
Some of your questions that will be answered during this session

What are tasks and functions of MAC, RLC and PDCP?

Which format do MAC- RLC- and PDCP-PDU's use?

How does random access procedure look like in LTE MAC?

How are MAC, RLC, and PCDP configured?

How is a TCP/IP frame traveling trough the L2 protocol stacks?

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 221 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

4.1 Features of MAC


4.1.1 Overview

The objective of this section is to introduce the key features of the medium
access control layer.
Key point of this section is that for the MAC the chance has been taken to
tune many concepts such that they fit to PS services from the start.

4.1.1.1 Data transfer logical channels transport channels


This function is similar to HSPA. The big difference it that two TBs per UE can be
transferred at the same time.
4.1.1.2 Radio resource allocation
For the radio resource allocation there is a very significant change for the RACH.
Here there is not the possibility to map user plane data on the RACH.
For HARQ the basic concepts of HSPA are retained however the HARQ is a lot
faster then in HSPA. Also the parameters and implementation details will differ.
For the priority concept a quite similar approach than in HSPA will be taken. However
detains are not specified yet.

- 222 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Lower Layers of the Uu-Interface: MAC, RLC & PDCP

4.1.1.3 Special procedures


Special procedures like timing advance and DRX are also handled by. The DRX
procedure works with two DRX cycles. Once the UE does not get any scheduling for
a certain time the short DRX cycle is applied and once it is not getting any scheduling
for another certain time a long DRX cycle is applied. MAC is able force the UE into
DRX at any time (once configured).
[3GTR 25.813 (5.3.1), 3GTS 36.300 (6.1), 3GTS 36.321 (4.4)]

Room for your Notes


4

Abbreviations of this Section:


3GTR

3rd Generation Technical Report

MAC

Medium Access Control

3GTS

3rd Generation Technical


Specification

PS

Packet Switched

DRX

Discontinuous Reception

QoS

Quality of Service

HARQ

Hybrid ARQ

RACH

Random Access Channel

HSPA

High Speed Packet Access (operation TB


of HSDPA and HSUPA)

Transport Block

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 223 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

4.1.2 Radio Network Temporary Identifiers (RNTI's) in E-UTRAN


4.1.2.1 Usage of RNTI's

The objective of this section is to illustrate the usage of the different RNTI's
in E-UTRAN.
Key point of this section is that besides the normal scheduling the RNTI's
also facilitate MAC and physical layer control procedures.

- 224 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Lower Layers of the Uu-Interface: MAC, RLC & PDCP

Room for your Notes:

Abbreviations of this Section:


C-RNTI

Cell Radio Network Temporary


Identifier

PUCCH

Physical Uplink Control Channel

CCCH

Common Control Channel

PUSCH

Physical Uplink Shared Channel

DCCH

Dedicated Control Channel

RA-RNTI

Random Access Radio Network


Temporary Identifier

DL

Downlink

RNTI

Radio Network Temporary Identifier

DL-SCH

Downlink Shared Channel

SI-RNTI

System Information Radio Network


Temporary Identifier

DTCH

Dedicated Traffic Channel

TPC

Transmit Power Command

E-UTRAN Evolved UMTS (Universal Mobile


Telecommunication System)
Terrestrial Radio Access Network

TPCPUCCHRNTI

Transmit Power Control Physical


Upling Control CHannel Radio
Network Temporary Identifier

MAC

Medium Access Control

TPCPUSCHRNTI

Transmit Power Control Physical


Upling Shared CHannel Radio
Network Temporary Identifier

P-RNTI

Paging Radio Network Temporary


Identifier

TX

Transmit

PCCH

Paging Control Channel

UL

Uplink

PCH

Paging Channel

UL-SCH

Uplink Shared Channel

PDCCH

Physical Downlink Control Channel

UTRAN

UMTS (Universal Mobile


Telecommunication System)
Terrestrial Radio Access Network

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 225 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

4.1.2.1 RNTI Values

The objective of this section is to show what RNTI can assume what values.
Key point of this section is that some RNTI's are preconfigured by the
standard and some others are configured by SIB2.

- 226 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Lower Layers of the Uu-Interface: MAC, RLC & PDCP

Room for your Notes:

Abbreviations of this Section:


C-RNTI

Cell Radio Network Temporary


Identifier

SI-RNTI

System Information Radio Network


Temporary Identifier

P-RNTI

Paging Radio Network Temporary


Identifier

SIB

System Information Block

RA-RNTI

Random Access Radio Network


Temporary Identifier

TPCPUCCHRNTI

Transmit Power Control Physical


Upling Control CHannel Radio
Network Temporary Identifier

RNTI

Radio Network Temporary Identifier

TPCPUSCHRNTI

Transmit Power Control Physical


Upling Shared CHannel Radio
Network Temporary Identifier

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 227 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

4.1.3 MAC Random Access Procedure


4.1.3.1 Contention Based Random Access Procedure

The objective of this section is to show the contention based random access
procedure from the MAC perspective.
Key point of this section is that the contention based random access
procedure can be used for all purposes: Initial access, handover, RRC
connection reestablishment and initiation of transmission of data in
RRC_CONNECTED .

- 228 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Lower Layers of the Uu-Interface: MAC, RLC & PDCP

Image description

This picture is visualizing the contention based random access procedure. In


case the treatment is different in the different access cases the colors are
different from black.

Room for your Notes

Abbreviations of this Section:


AS

Access Stratum (UMTS)

RRC

Radio Resource Control

C-RNTI

Cell Radio Network Temporary


Identifier

RRC_CO RRC state in E-UTRA


NNECTED

DL

Downlink

TA

Timing Advance

DL-SCH

Downlink Shared Channel

TX

Transmit

eNB

Enhanced Node B

UE

User Equipment

ID

Identity

UL

Uplink

MAC

Medium Access Control

UL-SCH

Uplink Shared Channel

RA-RNTI

Random Access Radio Network


Temporary Identifier

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 229 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

Here collisions are possible because the UE decides when and how exactly a
random access is initiated. Then it is possible that two UEs transmit the same
preamble at the same time. The chosen preamble is 1 out of 64 preambles and is
thus encoding 6 bits. The cluster of the chosen preamble signals the length of the
following scheduled transmission in the UL. As well the UE might chose from
different RACH resources on different RB's and different subframes within a radio
frame.
3 ms after the final subframe of a PRACH preamble (keep in mind that a PRACH
preamble might take more than 1 ms!) the Random Access Response Window
begins. In this window the eNB might transmit its random access response. It is 2,
3, ..., 8, 10 ms long. The RA-RNTI gives information about the referred subframe for
the PRACH preamble, and the used RB's of the PRACH preamble. Inside the
random access response there is an identifier for the referred PRACH preamble, the
adjusted TA, an UL-grant and a temporary C-RNTI. This C-RNTI becomes
permanent once the procedure is succeeding for the case of initial access.
As for all UL scheduling the scheduled TX has to happen 4 ms after the scheduling
indication (here random access response) has started. In case of the initial access
the UE will include its NAS-UE ID in the RRC connection establishment request
message. This can be only an S-TIMSI or an 4 bit random number - an IMSI cannot
be transmitted here. Other scenarios include a C-RNTI either in the MAC-PDU or in
the RRC messages. Once a C-RNTI is given by the UE this will replace the
temporary C-RNTI issued in the random access response.
After the scheduled TX the UE will wait for a some time (8, 16, , 64 ms) for the
contention resolution response. Once two UE's have sent their scheduled TX it has to
be decided which one if any is prevailing. Contention resolution is performed
regardless whether connectivity to the core has been achieved before or not.
Contention resolution can be achieved in two ways: Either the C-RNTI (coming from
the UE) is used to schedule the DL transmission or the MAC-PDU is containing the
NAS-UE ID.
Once the UE has not received a contention resolution in the given time it will
reattempt another random access procedure.
Once the UE is RRC connected and assumed not to be synchronized any more
(e.g. timer expires) a random access procedure has to be performed before data
is transmitted. This is as well the case once the scheduling request procedure is
failing or not configured.

[3GTS 36.300 (10.1.5), 3GTS 36.321 (5.1)]

- 230 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Lower Layers of the Uu-Interface: MAC, RLC & PDCP

Room for your Notes

Abbreviations of this Section:


3GTS

3rd Generation Technical


Specification

RA-RNTI

Random Access Radio Network


Temporary Identifier

AS

Access Stratum (UMTS)

RB

Resource Block

C-RNTI

Cell Radio Network Temporary


Identifier

RRC

Radio Resource Control

DL

Downlink

RRC_CO RRC state in E-UTRA


NNECTED

DL-SCH

Downlink Shared Channel

S-TMSI

SAE Temporary Mobile Subscriber


Identity

eNB

Enhanced Node B

TA

Timing Advance

ID

Identity

TX

Transmit

IMSI

International Mobile Subscriber


Identity

UE

User Equipment

MAC

Medium Access Control

UL

Uplink

NAS

Non-Access-Stratum

UL-SCH

Uplink Shared Channel

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 231 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

4.1.3.2 Non-contention based random access procedure

The objective of this section is to show the contention free random access
procedure from the MAC perspective.
Key point of this section is that the contention free random access procedure
can be used only for network trigged purposes: handover and initiation of
transmission of DL data in RRC_CONNECTED.

Image description

- 232 -

This picture is visualizing the contention free random access procedure. In case
the treatment is different in the different access cases the colors are different from
black.

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Lower Layers of the Uu-Interface: MAC, RLC & PDCP


The difference to the contention based random access procedure is that the UE gets
assigned a specific random access preamble and a random access resource (RB's
and subframes in a radio frame) (e.g. during handover, etc.). Then the UE will use
the preamble assigned and will get an UL grant related to its service directly together
with its TA. Here, of course, a contention resolution is not necessary. The UE will
have a C-RNTI already.
The difference in timing in-between PDCCH orders and RRC connection
reconfigurations is that a reconfiguration has a the timer T304 giving the
procedure 50,100, 150, 200, 500, 1000, 2000 ms time to succeed with with
possible multiple tries. The PDCCH order allocates only one attempt and has no
timer attached.

4
[3GTS 36.300 (10.1.5), 3GTS 36.321 (5.1)]

Room for your Notes

Abbreviations of this Section:


3GTS

3rd Generation Technical


Specification

RB

Resource Block

C-RNTI

Cell Radio Network Temporary


Identifier

RRC

Radio Resource Control

DL

Downlink

RRC_CO RRC state in E-UTRA


NNECTED

DL-SCH

Downlink Shared Channel

TA

Timing Advance

eNB

Enhanced Node B

TX

Transmit

MAC

Medium Access Control

UE

User Equipment

PDCCH

Physical Downlink Control Channel

UL

Uplink

RA-RNTI

Random Access Radio Network


Temporary Identifier

UL-SCH

Uplink Shared Channel

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 233 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

4.1.4 Structure of MAC-PDU

The objective of this section is to provide the structure of the MAC PDU.
Key point of this section is that the LTE MAC PDU does usually only contain
1 SDU per logical channel.
Image description
This picture is visualizing the structure of the header and the sequence of SDUs
in the MAC PDU.
The non-transparent MAC PDU is transmitting with its SDUs one or several RLCPDUs at a time. Unlike in UMTS standards (prior to R7) the size of the RLC PDU is
flexible such that it can fit the size of the MAC PDU it is mapped to. Since both MAC
and RLC are located in the eNB,

- 234 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Lower Layers of the Uu-Interface: MAC, RLC & PDCP


the MAC knows the size of the TB it can transmit (transmission opportunity). In case
there are more than one logical channel active for the corresponding user, the MAC
has to multiplex the different logical channels on the TB. Most likely it could e.g. map
the highest priority logical channels SDU on the TB. For this it will ask for an SDU
with fitting size such that no or only minimum padding is necessary. In case the RLC
cannot fill the TB fully the MAC will add the next lower priority logical channel on the
TB and so forth until the TB is full.
The structure of the MAC PDU and its header are accomplishing this function. First
the MAC header is structured in sub headers in order to indicate several MAC SDUs.
Since MAC in LTE is also fulfilling control functions there are two sub-header formats
and SDU structures:
4.1.4.1 MAC control element
Some LCIDs are reserved for control elements and 1 LCID is indicating padding.
The MAC control elements are explained in the next section. None and more then 1
MAC Control field are also possible.

4.1.4.2 Normal (non-transparent) MAC SDU


In order to do transport normal MAC PDUs the MAC sub header has triplets of
information elements:
1. There are two reserved bits.
2. The E (End) field which is indicating the end of the MAC header (1) or more
triplets following (0).
3. The LCID (Logical Channel ID) which is indicating the logical channel used in a
similar fashion than the C/T field in UMTS (4 bits).
Once there is no padding the last normal MAC SDU will not generate the
following two header fields:
4. The F field is indicating the length of the following length field (7 or 15 bit)
5. The L (Length) field indicating the length of the corresponding SDU. F and L
field are very close to RLC PDU in UMTS.
Padding will only be used if no further SDU can be filled in or if no more RLC data is
ready to be transmitted and there is still space in the TB. In order to avoid
unnecessary extensive padding MAC may reduce the TB size in order to reduce
interference in the network.
4.1.4.3 Transparent MAC SDU
For the BCCH and the PCCH there is also a transparent MAC PDU defined.
[3GTS 36.321 (6)]
Abbreviations of this Section:
3GTS

3rd Generation Technical


Specification

RLC

Radio Link Control

LCID

Logical Channel ID

SDU

Service Data Unit (the payload of a


PDU)

LTE

Long Term Evolution (of UMTS)

TB

Transport Block

MAC

Medium Access Control

UMTS

Universal Mobile Telecommunication


System

PDU

Protocol Data Unit or Packet Data


Unit

eNB

Enhanced Node B

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 235 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

4.1.5 MAC Control Elements

The objective of this section is to provide different kinds of MAC control


elements.
Key point of this section is functions like RACH response, buffer status
report and timing advance are dealt with in MAC control elements.

Image description
These two tables are showing the MAC control elements in UL and DL.
Part of the LCIDs are reserved for MAC control elements which are serving physical
layer or MAC functions. The length of some MAC control elements is still under
discussion but the purpose is quite clear. Please keep in mid that some LCIDs are to
be reserved for yet unknown MAC control elements.

- 236 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Lower Layers of the Uu-Interface: MAC, RLC & PDCP

4.1.5.1 Contention resolution ID


This is the response of the Random Access Burst sent by the UE. It contains the
NAS ID of the UE.
4.1.5.2 Timing Advance
This MAC control element is used for timing advance updates.
4.1.5.3 DRX
With this MAC control element the DRX is configured similar like in the HS-DSCH
orders in UMTS R7. Since only DRX is to be commanded here this MAC control
element contains no data. Just a header field is used here. Once the DRX field is
present the UE goes to DRX unconditionally (DRX needs to be configured).
4.1.5.4 Padding
Padding is no MAC control element but is also indicated with a special LCID value.

4.1.5.5 Power headroom report


This is the margin the transmission power can still be increased until the maximum
transmission power of the UE is reached.
4.1.5.6 C-RNTI
This is the temporary CRNTI during the contention based random access procedure.
4.1.5.7 Short, long and truncated buffer status reports
Here the UE can report the occupancy of its UL buffer. There are two formats long
and short buffer reports. With the long buffer report multiple logical channel groups
buffer status is reported.
[3GTS 36.321 (6)]
Abbreviations of this Section:
3GTS

3rd Generation Technical


Specification

MAC

Medium Access Control

DL

Downlink

RACH

Random Access Channel

DRX

Discontinuous Reception

UE

User Equipment

HS-DSCH High Speed Downlink Shared


Transport Channel (3GTS 25.211,
25.212, 25.308)

UL

Uplink

ID

Identity

UL-SCH

Uplink Shared Channel

LCID

Logical Channel ID

UMTS

Universal Mobile Telecommunication


System

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 237 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

4.1.6 Practical Exercise: MAC Operation

The objective of this section is to repeat the MAC operation in detail using
the RRC Connection Establishment Procedure.

- 238 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Lower Layers of the Uu-Interface: MAC, RLC & PDCP


Question No 22: The picture shows the RRC Connection Establishment Procedure
on MAC level. Please fill out the blanks.

The first line of an arrow contains the name of the Logical (Transport or Physical)
channel. Then in case of a logical channel the RB. Then in brackets the message
or indication.

The second line contains the time in ms. In case there is a time span possible take
the shortest possible time. Assume that a L3 reaction cannot be faster than a L1
reaction (4 ms).

4
The third and fourth line contain the content of the message or MAC PDU.

Abbreviations of this Section: SRB


ACK

Acknowledgement

PDCCH

Physical Downlink Control Channel

C-RNTI

Cell Radio Network Temporary


Identifier

PDU

Protocol Data Unit or Packet Data


Unit

CCCH

Common Control Channel

PHICH

Physical HARQ Acknowledgement


Indicator Channel

DCCH

Dedicated Control Channel

PLMN

Public Land Mobile Network

DL-SCH

Downlink Shared Channel

PRACH

Physical Random Access Channel

eNB

Enhanced Node B

RA-RNTI

Random Access Radio Network


Temporary Identifier

ID

Identity

RB

Radio Bearer

L1

Layer 1 (physical layer)

RRC

Radio Resource Control

L3

Layer 3 (network layer)

SRB

Signaling Radio Bearer

MAC

Medium Access Control

TA

Timing Advance

MMEI

MME Identity

UE

User Equipment

NAS

Non-Access-Stratum

UL-SCH

Uplink Shared Channel

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 239 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

4.1.7 Practical Exercise: DL MAC PDU Construction

The objective of this section is to repeat the structure of the MAC PDU.

Question No 23: In the above picture a DL MAC PDU needs to be constructed.


Please fill in the bits of the MAC header, count the bytes used and name the
logical channel being transmitted. Do not forget the MAC control elements. In the
payload section please enter the number of bytes for what logical channel being
transmitted. Below you find how the RB's that are configured and what data /
information is waiting for transmission. Mark which fields are not used (header and
payload).
LCH
LCID
Bit to TX
Use
DCCH 1
1
200
SRB1
DCCH 2
2
0
SRB2
DTCH 1
3
0
Default EPS Bearer for IMS
DTCH 2
4
320
Dedicated EPS Bearer for VoIMS
DTCH 3
5
0
Default EPS Bearer for Internet
DTCH 4
6
416
Dedicated EPS Bearer for Internet
DTCH 5
7
10000
Default EPS Bearer for email
The eNB would like to transmit a TA update to the UE.
The eNB is congested and has decided to put the UE in DRX.
The eNB has a transmission opportunity of for a 1000 bit TB.

- 240 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Lower Layers of the Uu-Interface: MAC, RLC & PDCP

Room for your Notes:

Abbreviations of this Section: SRB


DCCH

Dedicated Control Channel

MAC

Medium Access Control

DL

Downlink

PDU

Protocol Data Unit or Packet Data


Unit

DRX

Discontinuous Reception

RB

Radio Bearer

DTCH

Dedicated Traffic Channel

SRB

Signaling Radio Bearer

eNB

Enhanced Node B

TA

Timing Advance

EPS

Evolved Packet Switched

TX

Transmit

IMS

Internet Protocol Multimedia Core


UE
Network Subsystem (Rel. 5 onwards)

User Equipment

LCH

Logical CHannel

Voice over IMS

LCID

Logical Channel ID

VoIMS

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 241 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

4.1.8 MAC Configuration


4.1.8.1 MAC Configuration in the Standard

The objective of this section is to give an overview about the IE's relating to
the MAC configuration.
Key point of this section is that the default config. saves message space.

- 242 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Lower Layers of the Uu-Interface: MAC, RLC & PDCP


[http://www.inacon.de/protocolhelp/index.php/]

Room for your Notes:

Abbreviations of this Section:


BSR

Buffer Status Report

MAC

Medium Access Control

DL

Downlink

PHR

Power Headroom Report

DRX

Discontinuous Reception

TTI

Transmission Time Interval

HARQ

Hybrid ARQ

TX

Transmit

IE

Information Element

UL-SCH

Uplink Shared Channel

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 243 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

4.2 Features of RLC


4.2.1 Overview

The objective of this section is to introduce the key features of the radio link
control layer.
Key point of this section is the RLC stays intact to the most part once it is
compared to HSPA operation.
4.2.1.1 Data transfer
At the first glance the RLC is only not altered very significantly. However that the
second glace it could be noticed that for RLC the ciphering is missing and that
compared the HSPA LTE can provide TM data transmission again. Another special
point is the duplicate deletion in case of a handover. During the handover the
received buffer is exchanged in-between source and target eNB (AM only). In HSPA
duplicates for the UL are deleted in MAC-es whereas the duplicates are deleted as
well in the RLC for the legacy UMTS traffic. The variable RLC PDU size has to be
mentioned here again.
4.2.1.2 Error detection and recovery
There is nothing to be added to what is stated in the picture.

- 244 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Lower Layers of the Uu-Interface: MAC, RLC & PDCP

4.2.1.3 Reset
There is nothing to be added to what is stated in the picture.
[3GTR 25.813 (5.3.2), 3GTS 36.300 (6.2), 3GTS 36.322 (4.4)]

Room for your Notes

Abbreviations of this Section:


3GTR

3rd Generation Technical Report

PDCP

Packet Data Convergence Protocol

3GTS

3rd Generation Technical


Specification

RLC

Radio Link Control

AM

Acknowledged Mode operation

TM

Transparent Mode operation

ARQ

Automatic Repeat Request

UL

Uplink

HSPA

High Speed Packet Access (operation UM


of HSDPA and HSUPA)

Unacknowledged Mode operation

LTE

Long Term Evolution (of UMTS)

UMTS

Universal Mobile Telecommunication


System

MAC

Medium Access Control

eNB

Enhanced Node B

MAC-es

MAC-E-DCH SRNC (3GTS 25.321)

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 245 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

4.2.2 Structure of RLC PDU

The objective of this section is to provide the structure of the RLC PDU.
Key points of this section are that the LTE RLC PDU can contain segmented
PDCP PDUs and that the RLC PDU size fits to the individual TB size to be
transmitted.
Image description
This picture is visualizing the structure of the header and the sequence of SDUs
in the RLC PDU.
Like in UMTS there are 3 transmission modes for the RLC: TM, UM, and AM. For the
TM the structure of the RLC PDU is simple: It is transparent for the PDCP data.
For the UM and AM mode there is a header and one or more PDCP PDUs being the
RLC SDUs. Note here that the PDCP PDUs can be segmented in the RLC.
Optionally, like in UMTS for AM only, a Status PDU cannot be at the end of the RLC
PDU.

- 246 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Lower Layers of the Uu-Interface: MAC, RLC & PDCP


The header comprises the following information elements:
1. The D/C field is a reserved bit in UM. In AM it is indicating the presence of a
RLC control PDU (status report). A status report must not be piggy backed
at the end of the RLC PDU.
2. The RF field is a reserved bit in UM. In AM it is indicating the presence of
re-segmentation. This occurs once an already segmented PDCP PDU is in
need to be retransmitted and further segmented.
3. The polling flag is a reserved bit in UM. In AM it is encouraging the RLC of
the receiver side to sent status PDUs.
4. In case of a 5 bit SN version UM PDU the first 3 fields are missing.
5. The FI filed exists in both AM and UM. It is indicating the presence of PDCP
PDU segment in the RLC PDU. In case of the presence of segments and
AM the header is extended by two bytes as described in the next section.
6. The SN (Sequence Number) which is indicating the RLC sequence number
of the RLC PDU. The length of this field can be the same in AM and UM.
However there is also an UM mode with 1 byte header and 5 bit SN filed
and no reserved bits.
7. An E field (Extension) which is indicating with (0) that data is following and
with (1) that an extension of LI (Length Indicator) and another E filed is
following.
8. The LI field (Length Indicator) of yet unknown length is indicating the length
of the PDCP PDU. Please note since there is also a length indication in the
MAC PDU one LI field in the RLC PDU is redundant.
9. Padding in the header is necessary since the E and LI field to not fill two
bytes. In case of an even number of RLC SDUs 4 bit padding is needed to
fill up the RLC header to the byte boundary.
[3GTS 36.322 (6)]

Abbreviations of this Section:


3GTS

3rd Generation Technical


Specification

RF

Radio Frequency

AM

Acknowledged Mode operation

RLC

Radio Link Control

FI

Framing Info

SDU

Service Data Unit (the payload of a


PDU)

LI

Length Indicator

SN

Sequence Number

LTE

Long Term Evolution (of UMTS)

TB

Transport Block

MAC

Medium Access Control

TM

Transparent Mode operation

PDCP

Packet Data Convergence Protocol

UM

Unacknowledged Mode operation

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 247 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

4.2.3 Structure of RLC AM with PDCP PDU Segments

4
The objective of this section is to provide the structure of the RLC AM PDU
with a segment header.
Key point of this section is that only in case of PDU segments in the first
RLC SDU the header is extended for carrying the additional information
about RLC PDU segments.

Image description
This picture is visualizing the structure of the header and SDU in the RLC AM
PDU segment PDU.
In case the first RLC SDU is a segment the RLC AM PDU is containing two additional
header information elements:
1. The LSF (Last Segment Flag) is set once the PDCP PDU segment is the
last segment of the PDCP PDU.
2. The SO (Segment Offset) is determining the offset in the PDCP PDU
segment inside the PDCP PDU.
[3GTS 36.322 (6)]

Room for your Notes

- 248 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Lower Layers of the Uu-Interface: MAC, RLC & PDCP

Room for your Notes

Abbreviations of this Section:


3GTS

3rd Generation Technical


Specification

PDU

Protocol Data Unit or Packet Data


Unit

AM

Acknowledged Mode operation

RLC

Radio Link Control

ARQ

Automatic Repeat Request

SN

Sequence Number

LSF

Last Segment Flag

SDU

Service Data Unit (the payload of a


PDU)

LTE

Long Term Evolution (of UMTS)

SO

Segment Offset

PDCP

Packet Data Convergence Protocol

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 249 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

4.2.4 RLC Configuration


4.2.4.1 RLC Configuration in the Standard

The objective of this section is to give an overview about the IE's relating to
the RLC configuration.
Key point of this section is that the default config. saves message space.
- 250 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Lower Layers of the Uu-Interface: MAC, RLC & PDCP


[http://www.inacon.de/protocolhelp/index.php/]

Room for your Notes:

Abbreviations of this Section:


AM

Acknowledged Mode operation

SN

Sequence Number

DL

Downlink

SRB

Signaling Radio Bearer

IE

Information Element

UL

Uplink

PDU

Protocol Data Unit or Packet Data


Unit

UM

Unacknowledged Mode operation

RLC

Radio Link Control

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 251 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

4.3 Features of PDCP


4.3.1 Overview

The objective of this section is to introduce the key features of the packet
data convergence protocol.
Key point of this section is that encryption and PDCP for the control plane
are the functions which have been added to the PDCP compared to UMTS.

4.3.1.1 RoHC
Dependent on the used packet data protocol different schemes will be deployed.
4.3.1.2 Numbering of PDCP PDUs
The numbering of the PDCP PDUs is very important because during the handover it
is the PDCP which will forward the data in the buffer to the target eNB.
4.3.1.3 In-sequence delivery of PDUs
Once the data is forwarded during handover it can happen that data is coming in
already in the target eNB and there might still come some data in form the source
eNB. The data is then not in sequence and there might be some duplicates in the
buffer of the PDCP.
4.3.1.4 Duplicate deletion
See above.

- 252 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Lower Layers of the Uu-Interface: MAC, RLC & PDCP

4.3.1.5 Encryption
The encryption algorithms have been located in the MAC and in the RLC for UMTS
and HSPA operation. In LTE they are transferred to the PDCP. This is due to the fact
that every eNB is equipped with its own keys and that the PDCP has to combine the
packets coming in from the other eNBs during handover.
4.3.1.6 Integrity Protection
This is a feature only valid for the control plane in UTRA this was in the RRC layer.
This involves to calculate the MAC according the same principle but possibly with a
different algorithm.
[3GTR 25.813 (5.3.3), 3GTS 36.300 (6.3), 3GTS 36.323 (4.4)]

Room for your Notes

Abbreviations of this Section:


3GTR

3rd Generation Technical Report

RLC

Radio Link Control

3GTS

3rd Generation Technical


Specification

RRC

Radio Resource Control

HSPA

High Speed Packet Access (operation RoHC


of HSDPA and HSUPA)

Robust Header Compression

LTE

Long Term Evolution (of UMTS)

UMTS

Universal Mobile Telecommunication


System

MAC

Message Authentication Code

UTRA

UMTS (Universal Mobile


Telecommunication System)
Terrestrial Radio Access

PDCP

Packet Data Convergence Protocol

eNB

Enhanced Node B

PDU

Protocol Data Unit or Packet Data


Unit

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 253 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

4.3.2 Structure of PDCP PDU

The objective of this section is to provide the structure of the PDCP PDU.
Key point of this section is that the LTE PDCP PDU can also carry control
plane information.

Image description
This picture is visualizing the structure of the header and the sequence of SDUs
in the PDCP PDU.
In contrast to UMTS the PDCP is also existing in the control plane. Consequently
also for control plane the PDCP PDU has to be defined.
For both control plane and user plane the PDCP PDU is exhibiting a SN (Sequence
Number) and an SDU field.
For the user plane there can be optionally a RoHC (Robust Header Compression)
which is compressing the e.g. 40 byte header to a 2-3 byte compressed header.
In order to control RoHC in the user plane, user plane PDCP PDU contain a D/C field
indicating control or data.
For the control plane for integrity protection purposes the MAC field might be added
at the end. The MAC field is calculated according to similar guidelines as the MAC in
UMTS.

- 254 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Lower Layers of the Uu-Interface: MAC, RLC & PDCP


[3GTS 36.323 (6)]

Room for your Notes

Abbreviations of this Section:


3GTS

3rd Generation Technical


Specification

RoHC

Robust Header Compression

LTE

Long Term Evolution (of UMTS)

SDU

Service Data Unit (the payload of a


PDU)

MAC

Message Authentication Code

SN

Sequence Number

PDCP

Packet Data Convergence Protocol

UMTS

Universal Mobile Telecommunication


System

PDU

Protocol Data Unit or Packet Data


Unit

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 255 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

4.3.3 PDCP Configuration


4.3.3.1 PDCP Configuration in the Standard

The objective of this section is to give an overview about the IE's relating to
the PDCP configuration.
Key point of this section is there is no default configuration for PDCP.
[http://www.inacon.de/protocolhelp/index.php/]

- 256 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Lower Layers of the Uu-Interface: MAC, RLC & PDCP

Room for your Notes:

Abbreviations of this Section:


AM

Acknowledged Mode operation

RoHC

Robust Header Compression

IE

Information Element

SN

Sequence Number

PDCP

Packet Data Convergence Protocol

UM

Unacknowledged Mode operation

RLC

Radio Link Control

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 257 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

4.4 How a TCP/IP MTU is reaching the UE / the Internet

The objective of this section is to show the stations and the transformations
of a TCP/IP MTU in the LTE network until it reaches the UE.
Key point of this section is that with respect to the very high data rate for LTE
and the protocol development from the scratch there are a few differences to
HSPA.
Image description

The picture is showing the CDD case: two transmission antennas are received by
one receive antenna. It is shown how the UE can resolve the two signals.

4.4.1 TCP/IP layer


A TCP/IP MTU can have up to 1500 byte including 40 byte header.
4.4.2 PDCP layer
In the PDCP first RoHC can be applied this would reduce 40 byte TCP/IP header to
typically 3 byte header. In the user plane PDCP needs 2 byte own header.
4.4.3 RLC layer
According to the transport block size the RLC can assume variable RLC PDU size.
Either the TB is so small that the PDCP PDU needs to be segmented or it is that big
that multiple PDCP PDUs fir in. For the RLC header it can be configured to have 1 or
2 byte in UM.
- 258 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Lower Layers of the Uu-Interface: MAC, RLC & PDCP


For AM and 1 RLC SDU the header size is 2 byte in case of no segmentation and 4
byte in case of segmentation. For RLC AM each additional RLC SDU will add 1.5
byte header. In case a byte header is not filled completely 4 bit header padding has
to be added. Flexible RLC PDUs and multiple RLC SDUs are new to LTE and are
not used in UMTS RLC until. R7
4.4.4 MAC layer
In case the MAC is transporting only 1 MAC SDU the header length will be 1 byte
only in case more MAC SDUs are transmitted the header will increase by 2-3 byte.
Please also take into account that padding and MAC Control Elements will be
unavoidable. The use of MAC control elements is new in LTE.
4.4.5 PHY layer
The physical layer has to deal with very huge TBs. TBs of 150000 bit cannot be
protected with a single CRC check any more. This is why there is a own 3 byte CRC
foreseen for every of the up to 6144 bit long Code Block Segments.

Room for your Notes

Abbreviations of this Section:


AM

Acknowledged Mode operation

PHY

Physical Layer

CDD

Cyclic Delay Diversity

RLC

Radio Link Control

CRC

Cyclic Redundancy Check

RoHC

Robust Header Compression

HSPA

High Speed Packet Access (operation SDU


of HSDPA and HSUPA)

Service Data Unit (the payload of a


PDU)

LTE

Long Term Evolution (of UMTS)

TB

Transport Block

MAC

Medium Access Control

TCP/IP

Transmission Control Protocol over IP

MTU

Maximum Transmit Unit (IP)

UE

User Equipment

PDCP

Packet Data Convergence Protocol

UM

Unacknowledged Mode operation

PDU

Protocol Data Unit or Packet Data Unit UMTS

Universal Mobile Telecommunication


System

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 259 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

Lessons Learned / Conclusions

- 260 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

X2- and S1-Interfaces: X2AP- and S1-AP-Protocols

Chapter 5:
X2- and S1-Interfaces: X2AP- and S1-AP-Protocols

Objectives
Some of your questions that will be answered during this session

What are the tasks and functions of S1-AP and X2AP?

How are handover procedures performed over the X2- and the S1-interface?

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 261 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

5.1 The X2AP Protocol


5.1.1 Protocol Stack on the X2-interface

The objective of this section is to illustrate the protocol stack of the control
and user plane on the X2-interface.
The X2-interface is an open interface which is not vendor-specific, because
otherwise only S1-based handover is possible.
The illustrated X2AP-protocol is specific to the X2-interface and has been specified in
the recommendation 3GTS 36.423.
[3GTS 36.422, 3GTS 36.424]

- 262 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

X2- and S1-Interfaces: X2AP- and S1-AP-Protocols

Room for your Notes:

Abbreviations of this Section:

E-UTRAN Evolved UMTS (Universal Mobile


Telecommunication System)
Terrestrial Radio Access Network

L2

Layer 2 (data link layer)

eNB

Enhanced Node B

SCTP

Stream Control Transmission


Protocol (RFC 2960)

GTP

GPRS Tunneling Protocol (3GTS


29.060)

UDP

User Datagram Protocol (RFC 768)

GTP-U

GTP User Plane

UTRAN

UMTS (Universal Mobile


Telecommunication System)
Terrestrial Radio Access Network

IP

Internet Protocol (RFC 791)

X2-AP

X2-interface Application Part protocol


(3GTS 36.423)

L1

Layer 1 (physical layer)

X2AP

X2-interface Application Part protocol


(3GTS 36.423)

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 263 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

5.1.2 Tasks & Functions

The objective of this section is to depict the tasks and functions of the X2APprotocol.
[3GTS 36.423]
5.1.2.1 Mobility Management
5.1.2.2 Load Management
5.1.2.3 X2-Interface Management

- 264 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

X2- and S1-Interfaces: X2AP- and S1-AP-Protocols

Room for your Notes:

Abbreviations of this Section:

3GTS

3rd Generation Technical


Specification

SN

Symbol Number or SNDCP

eNB

Enhanced Node B

UE

User Equipment

SN

Sequence Number

X2AP

X2-interface Application Part protocol


(3GTS 36.423)

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 265 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

5.1.3 X2-based Handover Scenario

The objective of this section is to illustrate the operation of an X2-based


handover scenario [3GTS 23.401 (5.5.1.1.2)].

5.1.3.1 Initial Conditions

The UE has setup an RRC-connection with the eNodeB and the eNodeB has
setup an S1-connection towards an MME.

E-RAB's may be setup and are relayed by the eNodeB towards the S-GW.

The "former" eNodeB determines at this time (e.g. after receiving a measurement
report from the UE) that a handover to the "new" eNodeB is necessary. The "new"
eNodeB has an X2-connection to the former eNodeB and therefore, an X2-based
handover becomes possible.
Question No 24: Please fill In the missing interface names.

to be continued on the next page

- 266 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

X2- and S1-Interfaces: X2AP- and S1-AP-Protocols

Room for your Notes:

Abbreviations of this Section:

GW

Gateway

RRC

Radio Resource Control

MME

Mobility Management Entity (3GTS


23.401) (Rel. 8 onwards)

S-GW

Serving Gateway (3GTS 23.401)

RAB

Radio Access Bearer

UE

User Equipment

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 267 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

5.1.3.2 Detailed Description

- 268 -

To initiate the X2-based handover, the former eNodeB will send an X2AP:
HND_REQ-message towards the new eNodeB.

The new eNodeB will build the related handover command message (which is
actually an RRC: RRC_CONN_RECONF-message) and will relay it to the former
eNodeB embedded in an X2AP: HND_REQ_ACK-message. This message also
contains the GTP-U TEID that the new eNodeB opened so that the former
eNodeB can relay still incoming DL-data to the new eNodeB.

The former eNodeB will extract the RRC: RRC_CONN_RECONF-message and


will transmit it to the UE.

The UE will react upon the received reconfiguration information and switch to the
new serving cell. The UE shall perform a random access procedure in the new
cell. Finally, the UE shall transmit a handover confirmation message to the new
eNodeB which is actually an RRC: RRC_CONN_RECONF_CMP-message.

All UL-data is now received by the new eNodeB but must be buffered because
the new eNodeB does not yet possess the GTP-U TEID for uplink data of the SGW.

Having received this confirmation from the UE, the new eNodeB will ask the MME
for a switch of the downlink GTP-U tunnel from the S-GW to the new eNodeB.
Accordingly, the new eNodeB will send an S1-AP: PATH_SWITCH_REQmessage to the MME.

The MME will send a GTP: UPD_UP_REQ-message to the S-GW which most
importantly contains the new eNodeB's GTP-U downlink TEID.

The S-GW will update its downlink GTP-U tunnel accordingly and will stop
transmitting data to the former eNodeB. It will confirm the switch by sending a
GTP: UPD_UP_RSP-message to the MME. The MME will confirm the path switch
by sending S1-AP: PATH_SWITCH_REQ_ACK-message to the new eNodeB.

Finally, the data link has been entirely switched to the new eNodeB and therefore,
the new eNodeB can instruct the former eNodeB to release the existing resources
by sending an X2AP: UE_RES_REL-message. This procedure is a class 2procedure and is not responded by the former eNodeB.

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

X2- and S1-Interfaces: X2AP- and S1-AP-Protocols

Room for your Notes:

Abbreviations of this Section:

DL

Downlink

S-GW

Serving Gateway (3GTS 23.401)

GTP

GPRS Tunneling Protocol (3GTS


29.060)

S1-AP

S1 Application Part

GTP-U

GTP User Plane

TEID

Tunnel Endpoint Identifier (GTP /


3GTS 29.060)

MME

Mobility Management Entity (3GTS


23.401) (Rel. 8 onwards)

UL

Uplink

RRC

Radio Resource Control

X2AP

X2-interface Application Part protocol


(3GTS 36.423)

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 269 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

5.2 The S1-AP Protocol


5.2.1 Overview & Introduction

The objective of this section is to introduce the students into the most
important aspects of the S1-AP protocol which is used between the MME
and the eNodeB.
[3GTS 36.413]

- 270 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

X2- and S1-Interfaces: X2AP- and S1-AP-Protocols

Room for your Notes:

Abbreviations of this Section:

ASN.1

Abstract Syntax Notation 1 (ITU-T


X.680 / X.681)

RNSAP

Radio Network Subsystem


Application Part (3GTS 25.423)

MME

Mobility Management Entity (3GTS


23.401) (Rel. 8 onwards)

S1-AP

S1 Application Part

NBAP

NodeB Application Part (3GTS


25.433)

UE

User Equipment

PER

Packed Encoding Rules (ITU-T X.691) UMTS

Universal Mobile Telecommunication


System

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 271 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

5.2.2 S1-based Handover Scenario

The objective of this section is to illustrate the operation of an S1-based


handover scenario [3GTS 23.401 (5.5.1.2)].

5.2.2.1 Initial Conditions

The UE has setup an RRC-connection with the eNodeB and the eNodeB has
setup an S1-connection towards an MME.

E-RAB's may be setup and are relayed by the eNodeB towards the former S-GW.

The "former" eNodeB determines at this time (e.g. after receiving a measurement
report from the UE) that a handover to another" eNodeB is necessary to which an
X2-based handover is impossible.
Question No 25: Please fill In the missing interface names.

to be continued on the next page

- 272 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

X2- and S1-Interfaces: X2AP- and S1-AP-Protocols

Room for your Notes:

Abbreviations of this Section:

3GTS

3rd Generation Technical


Specification

RAB

Random Access uplink Burst

GW

Gateway

RRC

Radio Resource Control

MME

Mobility Management Entity (3GTS


23.401) (Rel. 8 onwards)

S-GW

Serving Gateway (3GTS 23.401)

RAB

Radio Access Bearer

UE

User Equipment

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 273 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

5.2.2.2 Detailed Description

Having received the S1-AP: HND_RQD-message, the former MME needs to


determine and select the target MME.

The S1-AP: HND_REQ-message [3GTS 36.413 (9.1.5.4)] contains also the GTPU TEID that the target S-GW allocated to receive uplink data from the target
eNodeB.

The GTP: Create-Indirect-Data-Forwarding-Tunnel-Request-message [3GTS


29.274 (7.2.18)] does not only convey all necessary information to setup a tunnel
between target and source S-GW. This message also contains the TEID that the
target eNodeB allocated before and this is needed by the target S-GW to forward
DL-data to the target eNodeB.

The availability of the related TEID's at the target S-GW and at the target eNodeB
enables the new data link in uplink and downlink direction.

The indirect data forwarding tunnel is necessary to relay PDCP-PDU's between


the two S-GW's during the transient time when data is received and transmitted
over both eNodeB's.

[3GTS 23.401 (5.5.1.2)]

- 274 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

X2- and S1-Interfaces: X2AP- and S1-AP-Protocols

Room for your Notes:

Abbreviations of this Section:

DL

Downlink

PDU

Protocol Data Unit or Packet Data


Unit

GTP

GPRS Tunneling Protocol (3GTS


29.060)

S-GW

Serving Gateway (3GTS 23.401)

GTP-U

GTP User Plane

S1-AP

S1 Application Part

MME

Mobility Management Entity (3GTS


23.401) (Rel. 8 onwards)

TEID

Tunnel Endpoint Identifier (GTP /


3GTS 29.060)

PDCP

Packet Data Convergence Protocol

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 275 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

5.2.2 S1-based Handover Scenario (continued)

The objective of this section is to continue and conclude the operation of an


S1-based handover scenario [3GTS 23.401 (5.5.1.2)].

5.2.2.2 Detailed Description

The former MME (source) will finally relay the RRC: RRC_CONN_RECONFmessage to the former eNodeB which will send it to the UE.

The UE connects to the new cell and the new eNodeB notifies the new MME
about the successful handover (S1-AP: HND_NOTIFY [3GTS 36.413 (9.1.5.7)].

Note that at this time, there is new e2e data path through both S-GW's.

Finally, the new S-GW updates the P-GW about the S-GW relocation and the PGW will update its data tunnels accordingly.

After the handover, the UE must trigger a tracking area update procedure, if the
new eNodeB belongs to a new tracking area for which the UE holds no TAI.

[3GTS 23.401 (5.5.1.2)]

- 276 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

X2- and S1-Interfaces: X2AP- and S1-AP-Protocols

Room for your Notes:

Abbreviations of this Section:

3GTS

3rd Generation Technical


Specification

S-GW

Serving Gateway (3GTS 23.401)

e2e

End-to-End

S1-AP

S1 Application Part

MME

Mobility Management Entity (3GTS


23.401) (Rel. 8 onwards)

TAI

Tracking Area Identity (3GTS


24.301)

P-GW

Packet Data Network Gateway (part


of EPC)

UE

User Equipment

RRC

Radio Resource Control

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 277 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

Lessons Learned / Conclusions

- 278 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Solutions

Solutions
Q&A-Sessions:

Answer for Question No 1:


In case of roaming and particularly when using local breakout the different types
of traffic may use different ways. Therefore, it is desirable to be able to perform
legal interception at the access router (e.g. S-GW) and at the edge router (PDNGW).

Answer for Question No 2:


Security is introduced on two different layers (<=> PDCP and NAS) to make sure
that NAS-messages are already integrity protected and possibly ciphered, if
security has not yet been enabled on PDCP-layer. This condition applies in
particular when the UE transmits EMM: ATT_REQ- or TA_UPD_REQ-messages.
Another reason is to protect at least the NAS-messaging even if home base
stations with or w/o security capabilities are used.

Answer for Question No 3:


The complete sequence of input parameters is depicted underneath.

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 279 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

- 280 -

Answer for Question No 4:

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Solutions

Answer for Question No 5:


The missing interface names are (from left to right): LTE-Uu, S1-MME, S6a

Answer for Question No 6:


The missing interface names are (from left to right): LTE-Uu, S1-MME, S11, S5 or
S8 (depending on whether the PDN-GW is part of the current PLMN or not).

Answer for Question No 7:


The complete EMM: ATT_REQ-message is illustrated underneath:

Answer for Question No 8:


The missing interface names are (from left to right): LTE-Uu, S1-MME, S10

Answer for Question No 9:


The missing interface names are (from left to right): S11, S5 or S8 (depending on
whether the PDN-GW is part of the current PLMN or not), S6a, S6a.

Answer for Question No 10:


The missing interface names are (from left to right): LTE-Uu, S1-MME, S11, S11

Answer for Question No 11:


The ATT_REQ-message starts within the hex string and consists of the sequence
07: plain NAS-message (no security header type) / protocol discriminator 7 =
EMM
41: message type of ATT_REQ
41: NAS key set identifier (4) / EPS attach type (1) => EPS only attach
0C: length of mobile identity => 12(dec) not including the length indicator itself
23: ??? / no correct decoding possible, type of identity should be 001(bin) or
110(bin) but not 011(bin).
INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 281 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)


F0 27 20 01 C1 05 F0 00 00 00 02: remaining identity digits (according to length
indication).
03 20 23 F0 27 20 01 C1 42 02 00 00 2B 06 00: further content octets

Answer for Question No 12:


The missing interface names are (from left to right): S5, SGi, Rx (between IMS
and PCRF), Gx (between PCRF and P-GW)

Answer for Question No 13:


The missing interface names are (from left to right): S11, S5, Rx (between IMS
and PCRF), Gx (between PCRF and P-GW), S5 (between S-GW and P-GW) and
S1-U (between eNodeB and S-GW).

Answer for Question No 14:


The bearers are the already existing EPS-bearer and the new real-time EPSbearer for the voice call data.

- 282 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Solutions

Answer for Question No 15:


The figure underneath illustrates the complete mapping:

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 283 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

Answer for Question No 16:


The figure underneath illustrates the complete mapping:

Answer for Question No 17:


No because there are only PS services no paging type 1 or paging type 2
messages are received during RRC_RONNECTED mode. Still the paging
channel has to be listened to.

- 284 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Solutions

Answer for Question No 18:


The figure underneath illustrates the complete mapping:

Answer for Question No 19:


The figure underneath illustrates the complete mapping:

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 285 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

Answer for Question No 20:


The number of prefix bits depends on the number of options. In the described
case, the number of options is 68 5 +1 = 64 options.
Accordingly, a number of 6 bits is required in front of the information to indicate
the number of digits.
Examples:
000000 digit-1 digit-2 digit-3 digit-5 <=> in case of a length of 5 digits
...
000101 digit-1 digit-2 digit-3 digit-10 <=> in case of a length of 10 digits
...
111111 digit-1 digit-2 digit-3 digit-68 <=> in case of a length of 68 digits

Answer for Question No 21:


The complete RRC Connection Establishment Request-Message is illustrated
underneath:

- 286 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Solutions

Answer for Question No 22:


The complete RRC Connection Establishment Procedure on MAC level is
illustrated underneath:

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 287 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

- 288 -

Answer for Question No 23:


The complete RRC Connection Establishment Request-Message is illustrated
underneath:

Answer for Question No 24:


The missing interface names are (from left to right): X2, S1-MME, S11

Answer for Question No 25:


The missing interface names are (from left to right) Top-line: S1-MME, S11,
S5/S8; Middle line: S1-MME, S11, S5/S8; Bottom-line: S10

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Solutions

Intentionally left blank

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 289 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

Intentionally left blank

- 290 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Solutions

Intentionally left blank

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 291 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

Intentionally left blank

- 292 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

List of Acronyms

List of Acronyms
Term

Explanation

(V)ASSI

Visited Alias Short Subscriber Identity

16-APK

16 symbols Amplitude Phase Keying

16-PPM

16 position Pulse Position Modulation

16-QAM

16 symbols Quadrature Amplitude Modulation

16VSB

16-level vestigial sideband modulation

1xCS IWS

Circuit Switched Fallback Interworking solution Function for


3GPP2 1xCS (3GTS 23.272)

1xCSIWS

1x Circuit-Switched Interworking Solution Function (3GTS


29.277)

1xEV-DO

One Carrier (1.25 MHz) Evolution - Data Only (cdma2000)

1xEV-DV

One Carrier (1.25 MHz) Evolution - Data and Voice

2-GFSK

2 symbols Gaussian Frequency Shift Key or Keying

2B1Q

Two Binary One Quaternary (Line Coding used on the ISDN UInterface)

3G

3rd Generation ...

3GPP

Third Generation Partnership Project (Collaboration between


different standardization organizations (e.g. ARIB, ETSI) to
define advanced mobile communications standards,
responsible for UMTS)

3GPP2

Third Generation Partnership Project 2 (similar to 3GPP, but


consisting of ANSI, TIA and EIA-41, responsible for cdma2000,
EvDO and EVDV)

3GTR

3rd Generation Technical Report

3GTS

3rd Generation Technical Specification

4-GFSK

4 symbols Gaussian Frequency Shift Key or Keying

4-PAM

4 symbols Pulse Amplitude Modulation

4-PPM

4 position Pulse Position Modulation

4G

4th Generation ...

64-QAM

64 symbols Quadrature Amplitude Modulation

8-PSK

8 Symbol Phase Shift Keying

8VSB

8-level Vestigial Sideband Modulation (ATSC)

A-Bit

Acknowledgement Request Bit (used in LLC-protocol Logical


Link Control)

A/V

Audio / Video

A&S

Applications & Services domain or server

AA

Anonymous Access

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 293 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

- 294 -

AAA

Authorize Authenticate Answer (DIAMETER message type)

AAA

Authentication, Authorization and Accounting

AACH

Access Assignment CHannel

AACH-Q

Access Assignment CHannel, QAM

AAD

Additional Authentication Data

AAL

ATM-Adaption Layer

AAL-2

ATM Adaptation Layer 2 (for real-time services) (ITU-T


I.363.2)

AAL-5

ATM-Adaptation Layer 5 (non-real time) (ITU-T I.363.5)

AAR

Authorize Authenticate Request (DIAMETER message type)

AAS

Adaptive Antenna Systems

ABM

Asynchronous Balanced Mode

ABNF

Augmented Backus Naur Form (RFC 2234)

AC

Alternate Current

AC

Access Class

ACC

Access Control Class (3GTS 22.011)

ACCH

Associated Control Channel (GSM / can be an SACCH or an


FACCH)

ACELP

Algebraic Codebook Excited Linear Prediction

ACK

Acknowledgement

ACM

Address Complete Message (ISUP-message type)

ACS

Active Codec Set

ADCH

Associated Dedicated Channel (3GTS 45.902)

ADDBA

Add Block Acknowledgment

ADDTS

Add Traffic Stream

ADM

Asynchronous Disconnected Mode

ADPCM

Adaptive Differential Pulse Code Modulation

ADSL2

Asynchronous Digital Subscriber Line 2 (ITU-T G.992.3)

AES

Advanced Encryption Standard / Cipher Key Lengths: 128 bit,


192 bit or 256 bit

AESA

ATM End System Address

AF

Assured Forwarding (DiffServ Term)

AFC

Automatic Frequency Control

AFH

Adaptive Frequency Hopping

AG

Absolute Grant (3GTS 25.309)

AGA

Air - Ground - Air service

AGC

Automatic Frequency Control

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

List of Acronyms
AGCH

Access Grant Channel (GSM)

AGS

Absolute Grant Scope ('All' or 'Single' HARQ process)

AGV

Absolute Grant Value (INACTIVE or Zero_Grant or EDPDCH/DPCCH power ratio)

AH

Authentication Header (RFC 4302)

AI

Air Interface

AI

Acquisition Indicator

AICH

Acquisition Indicator Channel (UMTS Physical Channel)

AID

Association Identifier

AIFS

Arbitration InterFrame Space

AIFSN

Arbitration InterFrame Space Number

AIPN

All IP Network

AJAX

Asynchronous Javascript and XML

AK

Authentication Key (IEEE 802.16)

AK

Anonymity Key (3GTS 33.102)

AKA

Authentication and key agreement (3GTS 33.102)

AKD

Authentication Key Distribution

AL

Ambience Listening

AL

Advanced Link

ALC

Asynchronous Layered Coding

ALCAP

Access Link Control Application Part (ITU-T Q.2630.1 /


Q.2630.2)

ALG

Application Layer Gateway

AM

Amplitude Modulation

AM

Acknowledged Mode operation

AMBR

Aggregated Maximum Bit Rate

AMC

Adaptive Modulation and Coding

AMD

Acknowledged Mode Data (UMTS RLC PDU-type)

AMF

Authentication management field (3GTS 33.102)

AMI

Alternate Mark Inversion (Line Coding)

AMPS

Advanced Mobile Phone System

AMR

Adaptive Multirate Encoding (3GTS 26.090)

AMR_HR

Adaptive Multi Rate with Half-Rate Codec

AMR-WB

Adaptive Multi-Rate - WideBand speech codec (3GTS 26.273,


ITU-T G.722.2)

AMR-WB+

Extended Adaptive Multi-Rate - WideBand speech codec (3GTS


26.304, 26.410, ITU-T G.722.1)

ANDSF

Access Network Discovery and Selection Function (3GTS

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 295 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)


24.302)

- 296 -

ANSI

American National Standards Institute

AoD

Audio on Demand

AP

Access Preamble

AP

Access Point (IEEE 802.11, 802.16)

AP-AICH

CPCH Access Preamble Acquisition Indicator Channel (UMTS


Physical Channel)

APCO

Association of Police Communications Officers

API

Application Programming Interface

API

Access Preamble Acquisition Indicator

APK

Amplitude Phase Keying

APN

Access Point Name (Reference to a GGSN)

APP

A Posteriori Probability (Turbo Decoding)

AR

Assured Rate PDB (DiffServ Term)

ARFCN

Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number

ARIB

Association of Radio Industries and Businesses (Japanese)

ARP

Allocation and Retention Priority

ARP

Address Resolution Protocol (RFC 826)

ARPU

Average Revenue Per User

ARQ

Automatic Repeat Request

AS

application specific (within SDP-bandwidth specification / bline)

AS

Application Server

AS

Access Stratum (UMTS)

AS-ILCM

Application Server - Incoming Leg Control Model

AS-OLCM

Application Server - Outgoing Leg Control Model

ASC

Access Service Class

ASCA

Adjacent Subcarrier Allocation

ASCI

Advanced Speech Call Items (GSM-R)

ASCII

American Standard Code for Information Interchange (ANSI


X3.4-1986)

ASIC

Application Specific Integrated Circuit

ASME

Access Security Management Entity

ASN

Access Service Network

ASN-GW

Access Service Network-Gateway

ASN.1

Abstract Syntax Notation 1 (ITU-T X.680 / X.681)

ASP

Application Server Process

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

List of Acronyms
ASSI

Alias Short Subscriber Identity

AT_MAC

Message Authentication Code

AT-Command

Attention-Command

ATCA

Advanced Telecommunications Computing Architecture

ATID

Address Type Identifier in Demand

ATIM

Announcement Traffic Indication Message

ATIS

Alliance of Telecommunications Industry Solutions

ATM

Asynchronous Transfer Mode (ITU-T I.361)

ATSC

Advanced Television System Committee

ATSI

Alias TETRA Subscriber Identity

AuC

Authentication Center

AUTN

Authentication Token (3GTS 33.102)

AV

Authentication Vector (3GTS 33.102)

AVC

Advanced Video Coding

AVL

Automatic Vehicle Location

AVP

Attribute Value Pair (DIAMETER-term / RFC 3588)

AWGN

Additive White Gaussian Noise

B2BUA

Back-to-Back User Agent (SIP term / RFC 3261, RFC 3725)

B2DA

Back-to-Back Dynamic Allocation

B8ZS

Bipolar with Eight-Zero Substitution (Line Code used at the


T1-Rate (1.544 Mbit/s))

BA

Block Ack

BAR

Block Ack Request

BAS

Basic rate access ISDN-user interface for single lines (2 Bchannels plus one D-Channel with 16 kbit/s)

BAT

Bouquet Association Table (MPEG, DVB-SI)

BB

Base Band module

BBERF

Bearer Binding and Event Reporting Function (3GTS 23.203)

BBK

Broadcast BlocK

BC

Broadcast

BCAST

Broadcast

BCC

Broadcast Call Control (3GTS 44.069)

BCC

Binary Convolutional Coding

BCC

Base Station Color Code

BCCH

Broadcast Control Channel

BCCH-Q

Broadcast Control CHannel, QAM

BCD

Binary Coded Decimal

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 297 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

- 298 -

BCH

Broadcast Channel

BCMCS

Broadcast and Multicast Services (CDMA-2000 Rev. D)

BCTP

Bearer Control Tunneling Protocol (ITU-T Q.1990)

BE

Best Effort

BEC

Backward Error Correction

BEG

BEGin Message (TCAP)

BER

Bit Error Rate

BFCP

Binary Floor Control Protocol (draft-ietf-xcon-bfcp-05)

BFI

Bad Frame Indication

BG

Border Gateway

BGCF

Breakout Gateway Control Function

BGP

Border Gateway Protocol

BIB

Backward Indicator Bit

BIC

Blind Interference Cancellation

BICC

Bearer Independent Call Control (ITU-T Q.1902.1 - Q.1902.6)

BK

Background

BKN1

Block Number 1

BKN2

Block Number 2

BL

Basic Link

BLCH

Base station Linearization CHannel

BLER

Block Error Rate

BM-IWF

Broadcast Multicast Interworking Function

BM-SC

Broadcast Multicast Service Center (3GTS 23.346)

BMC

Broadcast / Multicast Control (3GTS 25.324)

BN

Bit Number

BNCH

Broadcast Network CHannel

BNCH-Q

Broadcast Network CHannel, QAM

BNF

Backus Naur Form (RFC 2234)

BPSC

Bits per Sub Carrier

BPSK

Binary or Bipolar Phase Shift Keying

BQA

Bluetooth Qualification Administer

BQB

Bluetooth Qualification Body

BQRB

Bluetooth Qualification Review Board

BQTF

Bluetooth Qualification Test Facility

BR

Bandwidth Request (WiMAX Term)

BRA

Bit Rate Adaptation

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

List of Acronyms
BRAN

Broadband Radio Access Network

BS

Base Station (IEEE 802.16)

BS_CV_MAX

Maximum Countdown Value to be used by the mobile station


(Countdown Procedure)

BS_EIRP

Base Station Effective Isotropic Radiated Power

BSC

Base Station Controller

BSCH

Broadcast Synchronization CHannel

BSD

Berkeley Software Distribution

BSIC

Base Station Identity Code

BSN

Block Sequence Number (RLC) / Backward Sequence Number


(SS7)

BSS

Basic Service Set

BSS

Base Station Subsystem

BSSAP

Base Station Subsystem Application Part

BSSAP-LE

Base Station System Application Part - Location Based


Services Extension

BSSGP

Base Station System GPRS Protocol

BSSID

Basic Service Set Identification

BSSMAP

Base Station Subsystem Mobile Application Part (3GTS


48.008)

BTAB

Bluetooth Technical Advisory Board

BTC

Block Turbo Coding

BTS

Base Transceiver Station

BTTI

Basic Transmission Time Interval

BU

Bad Urban

BVCI

BSSGP Virtual Connection Identifier

BW

Bandwidth

C-RNTI

Cell Radio Network Temporary Identifier

C-SAP

Control Service Access Point

C/I

Carrier-to-Interference Ratio (like SNR)

C/N

Carrier/Noise power ratio

C/R-Bit

Command / Response Bit

C/T-Field

logical Channel / Transport channel identification Field

CAI

Channel Assignment Indicator

CAMEL

Customized Applications for Mobile network Enhanced Logic

CAN

Connectivity Access Network

CAP

Controlled Access Phase

CAP

CAMEL Application Part (CCS7)

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 299 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

- 300 -

CAPEX

Capital Expenditure

CAT

Conditional Access Table (MPEG2-TS PSI)

CATV

Cable TV

CAZAC

Constant Amplitude Zero Autocorrelation Code

CB

Control uplink Burst

CBC

Committed Burst Size

CBC

Cipher Block Chaining (DES-Operation Mode)

CBC

Cell Broadcast Center

CBCH

Cell Broadcast Channel (GSM)

CBMS

Convergence of Broadcast and Mobile Services

CBPS

Coded Bits per OFDM Symbol

CC

Convolutional Coding

CC

Call Control

CCC

CPCH Control Command

CCCH

Common Control Channel

CCF

Charging Collection Function

CCH

Control Channel

CCH-Q

Control CHannel, QAM

CCIR601

Comit consultatif international pour la radio, a forerunner of


the ITU-R, specification 601

CCITT

Comitonsultatif International Tgraphique et Tphonique


(International Telegraph and Telephone Consultative
Committee)

CCK

Complementary Code Keying

CCK

Common Cipher Key

CCM

Common Channel Management (Protocol Part on the GSM


Abis-Interface / 3GTS 48.058)

CCM

CTR with CBC-MAC

CCM-Mode

Counter with CBC-MAC (RFC 3610) Combined Authentication


and Encryption with AES-Algorithm

CCMP

CTR with CBC-MAC Protocol

CCN

Cell Change Notification (related to Network Assisted Cell


Change / 3GTS 44.060)

CCoA

Collocated Care-of-Address

CCPCH

Common Control Physical Channel (see also P-CCPCH and SCCPCH)

CCS7

Common Channel Signaling System No. 7 (ITU-T Q-series of


specifications, in particular Q.700 - Q.703)

CCTrCH

Coded Composite Transport Channel (UMTS)

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

List of Acronyms
CCU

Channel Codec Unit

CD

Compact Disc

CD/CA-ICH

Collision Detection / Channel Assignment Indicator Channel


(UMTS Physical Channel)

CDCH

Control-plane Dedicated Channel (3GTS 45.902)

CDD

Cyclic Delay Diversity

CDI

Collision Detection Indicator

CDMA

Code Division Multiple Access

CDMA2000

The 3G Standard 3GPP2

CDR

Call Detail Record

CELL_DCH

RRC Dedicated State

CELL_FACH

RRC FACH State in UTRA

CELL_PCH

RRC PCH State in UTRA

CEO

Chief Executive Officer

CEPT

Confrence Europne des Postes et Tcommunications

CESoP

Circuit Emulation Services over Packet

CF

Contention Free

CFI

Control Format Indicator

CFN

Connection Frame Number

CFP

Contention Free Period

CG

Charging Gateway

CGF

Charging Gateway Function

CGI

Cell Global Identification

CHAP

Challenge Handshake Authentication Protocol (RFC 1334)

CI

Cell Identity

CIC

Circuit Identity Code (ISUP)

CIC

Call Instance Code (BICC)

CID

Connection Identifier (WiMAX)

CID

Channel Identity (ATM)

CIDR

Classless Inter-Domain Routing (RFC 1519)

CIF

Common Intermediate Format (352 x 240 pixels / ITU-T


H261 / H263)

CINR

Carrier to Interference and Noise Ratio

CIO

Cell Individual Offset (3GTS 25.331)

CIP

Common Indexing Protocol

CIR

Committed Information Rate

CIR

Channel Impulse Response

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 301 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

- 302 -

CIR

Carrier-to-Interference Ratio

CK

Ciphering Key (3GTS 33.102)

CKSN

Ciphering Key Sequence Number

CL

Controlled Load

CLCH

Common Linearization CHannel

CLCH-Q

Common Linearization CHannel, QAM

CMC

Connection Mobility Control

CMC

Codec Mode Command

CMCE

Circuit Mode Control Entity

CmCH-PI

Common Channel Priority Indicator

CMD

Circuit Mode Data

CMI

Codec Mode Indication

CMIP

Client Mobile IP

CMIS/P

Common Management Information System/Protocol

CMR

Codec Mode Request

CMTS

Cable Modem Termination System

CN

Core Network

CNM

Central Network Management

CNMI

Central Network Management Interface

CNR

Carrier to Noise Ratio

CoA

Care of Address (MIP)

COA

Change Over Acknowledge message (CCS7)

CODEC

Coder-decoder

COFDM

Coded Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing

COMSEC

Communications Security

CON

CONtinue Message (TCAP)

CONS

Connection Orientated Network Service

COO

Change Over Order message (CCS7)

COPS

Common Open Policy Service Protocol (RFC 2748)

CORBA

Common Object Request Broker

CoU

Class of Usage

CP

Cyclic Prefix

CP

Control Physical channel

CP

Contention Period

CPC

Continuous Packet Connectivity

CPCH

Common Packet Channel (UMTS Transport Channel) FDD only

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

List of Acronyms
CPCS

Common Part Convergence Sublayer

CPE

Customer Premises Equipment

CPICH

Common Pilot Channel (UMTS Physical Channel / see also PCPICH and S-CPICH)

CPICH_Ec/No

Common Pilot Channel Energy per Chip to Noise Radio

CPIM

Common Presence and Instant Messaging (RFC 3862)

CPS

Common Part Sublayer

CPS

Coding and Puncturing Scheme

CPTI

Calling Party Type Identifier

CPU

Central Processing Unit

CQI

Channel Quality Indicator

CQICH

Channel Quality Indicator Channel

CRC

Cyclic Redundancy Check

CRC_HS

CRC of High Speed Channel (HS-DSCH)

CRF

Charging Rules Function

CRNC

Controlling RNC

CRSC

Contributing Source

CS

Convergence Sublayer

CS

Coding Scheme

CS

Class Selector (DiffServ Term / RFC 2474)

CS

Circuit Switched

CS-X

Coding Scheme (1 - 4)

CSCF

Call Session Control Function (SIP)

CSD

Circuit Switched Data

CSG

Closed Subscriber Group

CSI

Channel State Information

CSICH

CPCH Status Indicator Channel (UMTS Physical Channel)

CSMA-CA

Carrier-Sense Multiple Access - Collision Avoidance

CSN

Connectivity Service Network

CSN.1

Code Syntax Notation 1 (3GTS 24.007)

CSPDN

Circuit Switched Public Data Network

CSRC

Synchronisation Source (RTP)

CSS

Carrier Specific Signalling

CT

Core Network and Terminal (Technical Specification Group


within 3GPP)

CTC

Convolutional Turbo Coding

CTCH

Common Traffic Channel (Logical) PTM

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 303 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

- 304 -

CTFC

Calculated Transport Format Combination (3GTS 25.331)

CTIA

Cellular Telephone Industries Association

CTR

Counter Mode

CTS

Clear To Send

CUB

Control Uplink Burst

CV

Countdown Value

CV

Constellation Version

CVO

Clear Voice Override

CW

Contention Window

CW

Code Word

cwnd

Congestion window

D-CT

Downlink-Continuous Transmission

D-CTT

Downlink-Carrier Timesharing Transmission

D-MCCTT

Downlink - Main Control Channel Timesharing Transmission

D-TxAA

Double Transmit Antenna Array

DA

Destination Address

DAB

Digital Audio Broadcasting

DARP

Downlink Advanced Receiver Performance (3GTS 45.015,


3GTS 24.008)

DAS-X

egprs2 Downlink level A modulation and coding Scheme (x =


5..12)

DASS

Digital Access Signaling System

DBC

Dynamic Bearer Control

dBm

The unit dBm measures a power. The conversion of a power


value from Watt [W] to dBm is done in the following way:X
[dBm] = 10 x log10(X [W] / 0.001 [W])

DBP

Diameter Base Protocol (RFC 3588)

DBPS

Data Bits per OFDM Symbol

DBPSCH

Dedicated Basic Physical SubCHannel

DBPSK

Differential Binary or Bipolar Phase Shift Keying

DBS-X

egprs2 Downlink level B modulation and coding Scheme (x =


5..12)

DC

Direct Current

DCA

Distributed Channel Access

DCCH

Dedicated Control Channel

DCD

Downlink Channel Descriptor (WiMAX Message)

DCF

Distributed Coordination Function

DCF

DRM Content Format

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

List of Acronyms
DCH

Dedicated Channel (Transport)

DCI

Downlink Control Indicator

DCK

Derived Cipher Key

DCLA

DC Level Adjustment

DCM

Dedicated Channel Management (Protocol Part on the GSM


Abis-Interface / 3GTS 48.058)

DCOMP

Data COMpression Protocol

DCS

Digital Communication System

DDDS

Dynamic Delegation Discovery System (RFC 3401 - RFC 3404)

DDI

Data Description Indicator (3GTS 25.309, 25.331, 25.321)

DEC

Decision (COPS message type)

DELBA

Delete Block Acknowledgment

DELTS

Delete Traffic Stream

DEMUX

De-Multiplexer

DES

Data Encryption Standard

DF

Do not Fragment (bit in IPv4 header)

DF

Default Forwarding (DiffServ Term / RFC 2474)

DFS

Dynamic Frequency Selection

DFT

Discrete Fourier Transformation

DGNA

Dynamic Group Number Assignment

DHCP

Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (RFC 2131)

DHCPv4

Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol Version 4 (RFC 2131)

DHCPv6

Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol Version 6 (RFC 3315)

DIA

Diameter Protocol (RFC 3588, RFC 3589)

DIAMETER

Successor of the RADIUS protocol

DIFS

Distributed (coordination function) InterFrame Space

Digit

4 bit

DIUC

Downlink Interval Usage Code (WiMAX Term)

DL

Downlink

DL-MAP

Downlink-Medium Access Protocol (MAC-Message in WiMAX /


IEEE 802.16)

DL-SCH

Downlink Shared Channel

DLCI

Data Link Connection Identifier

DLFP

Downlink Frame Prefix

DLL

Data Link Layer

DLR

Destination Local Reference (SCCP term)

DLS

Downloadable Sounds

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 305 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

- 306 -

DLS

Direct Link Setup

DMA

Division Multiple Access

DMB

Digital Multimedia Broadcasting

DMO

Direct Mode Operation

DMR

Digital Mobile Radio

DNS

Domain Name System

DOCSIS

Data Over Cable Service Interface Specification (defined by


CableLabs)

DoS

Denial of Service attack

DPC

Destination Point Code

DPCCH

Dedicated Physical Control Channel (UMTS Physical Channel)

DPCH

Dedicated Physical Channel (UMTS / Term to combine DPDCH


and DPCCH)

DPDCH

Dedicated Physical Data Channel (UMTS Physical Channel)

DPDCH_P

DPDCH_Power or DPDCH_Pwr: Transmit power of DPDCH

DPNSS

Digital Private Network Signaling System

DPSK

Differential Phase Shift Keying

DQPSK

Differential Quadrature Phase Shift Keying

DQPSK

Differential Quadrature Phase Shift Keying

DR

Data Rate

DRA

Dynamic Resource Allocation

DRB

Data Radio Bearer

DRM

Digital Rights Management

DRNC

Drift Radio Network Controller

DRX

Discontinuous Reception

DS

Distribution System

DS-CDMA

Direct Sequence Code Division Multiple Access

DSCA

Diversity / Distributed Subcarrier Allocation

DSCH

Downlink Shared Channel (UMTS Transport Channel)

DSCP

Differentiated Services Code Pointer

DSL

Digital Subscriber Line

DSLAM

Digital Subscriber Line Access Multiplexer

DSM-CC

Digital Storage Media Call Control

DSMIP

Dual-Stack (IPv4/v6) Mobile IP

DSMIPv6

Dual Stack Mobile IPv6

DSN

Digital Switching Network

DSP

Digital Signal Processor

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

List of Acronyms
DSR

Dual Symbol Rate

DSS

Downlink sync Sequence Set

DSS

Distribution System Set

DSS1

Digital Subscriber Signaling System No.1 (also referred to as


LAPD-signaling / ITU-T Q.931)

DSSS

Direct Sequence Spread Spectrum

DT1

Data Form 1 (SCCP message type)

DTAP

Direct Transfer Application Part

DTCH

Dedicated Traffic Channel

DTIM

Delivery Traffic Indication Map

DTM

Dual Transfer Mode [3GTS 43.055]

DTMB

Digital Terrestrial Multimedia Broadcast

DTMF

Dual Tone Multiple Frequency

DTS

Decode Time Stamp

DTX

Discontinuous Transmission

DUA

DPNSS 1 / DASS 2 User Adaptation Layer (RFC 4129)

DVB

Digital Video Broadcasting

DVB-C

Digital Video Broadcasting - Cable TV

DVB-H

Digital Video Broadcasting - Handheld

DVB-S

Digital Video Broadcasting - Satellite

DVB-T

Digital Video Broadcasting - Terrestrial

E_UTRA

Evolved UMTS Terrestrial Access

E-AGCH

E-DCH Absolute Grant Channel

E-DCH

Enhanced Uplink Dedicated Transport Channel (3GTS 25.211,


25.309)

E-DCH-FP

E-DCH Frame Protocol (Enhanced Dedicated Channel)

E-DPCCH

Enhanced Uplink Dedicated Physical Control Channel (3GTS


25.211)

E-DPDCH

Enhanced Uplink Dedicated Physical Data Channel (3GTS


25.211)

E-GSM

Extended GSM (GSM 900 in the Extended Band)

E-HICH

E-DCH HARQ Acknowledgement Indicator Channel (3GTS


25.211)

E-OTD

Enhanced Observed Time Difference

E-RGCH

E-DCH Relative Grant Channel (3GTS 25.211)

E-RNTI

E-DCH Radio Network Temporary Identifier (3GTS 25.401)

E-TFC

E-DCH Transport Format Combination (3GTS 25.309)

E-TFCI

E-DCH Transport Format Combination Identifier (Enhanced


Dedicated Channel)

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 307 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

- 308 -

E-UTRA

Evolved UMTS Terrestrial Radio Access

E-UTRAN

Evolved UMTS (Universal Mobile Telecommunication System)


Terrestrial Radio Access Network

e2e

End-to-End

EAP

Extensible Authentication Protocol (RFC 3748)

EAP-AKA

Extensible Authentication Protocol method for 3rd generation


Authentication and Key Agreement (RFC 4187)

EAP-FAST

Extensible Authentication Protocol - Flexible Authentication via


Secure Tunneling

EAP-SIM

Extensible Authentication Protocol method for gsm Subscriber


Identity Module (RFC 4186)

EAP-TLS

Extensible Authentication Protocol - Transport Layer Security


(RFC 2716)

EAP-TTLS

Extensible Authentication Protocol - Transport Layer Security

EAPOL

EAP encapsulation Over Lan or wlan (IEEE 802.1X)

eBM-SC

Enhanced Broadcast and Multicast Service Center

Ec/No

Received energy per chip / power density in the band

ECC

Electronic Communications Committee

ECCH

Extended Control CHannel

ECM

EPS Connection Management (3GTS 24.301)

ECN

Explicit Congestion Notification

ECSD

Enhanced Circuit Switched Data (HSCSD + EDGE)

EDCA

Enhanced Distributed Channel Access

EDCAF

Enhanced Distributed Channel Access Function

EDGE

Enhanced Data Rates for Global Evolution

EDR

Enhanced Data Rate (more speed with Bluetooth 2.0 (2.0 - 3.0
Mbit/s)

EE

Excellent Effort

EEA

EPS Encryption Algorithm (3GTS 33.401)

EF

Expedite Forwarding (DiffServ Term)

EFR

Enhanced Full Rate speech codec

EGAN

Evolved Generic Access Network

EGPRS

Enhanced General Packet Radio Service

EGPRS2

Enhanced GPRS phase 2 [3GTS 43.064]

EGPRS2-A

Enhanced GPRS Phase 2 Level A [3GTS 43.064, 3GTS 44.060]

EGPRS2-B

Enhanced GPRS Phase 2 Level B [3GTS 43.064, 3GTS 44.060]

eHSPA

Evolved HSPA

EIA

Electronic Industries Alliance (US-organization to support US


industry)

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

List of Acronyms
EIA

EPS Integrity Protection Algorithm (3GTS 33.401)

EIFS

Extended InterFrame Space

EIR

Equipment Identity Register

EIRENE

European Integrated Railway Radio Enhanced Network (GSMR)

EIRP

Equivalent Isotropic Radiated Power

EIT

Event Information Table (MPEG, DVB-SI)

eMLPP

enhanced Multi-Level Precedence and Pre-emption (3GTS


23.067)

EMM

EPS Mobility Management (3GTS 24.301)

EMSK

Extended Master Session Key

EN

European Norm

eNB

Enhanced Node B

END

END Message (TCAP)

ENUM

E.164-telephone number to URI (Uniform Resource Identifier)


translation (RFC 3761)

EOSP

End Of Service Period

EPC

Evolved Packet Core (3GTS 23.401) (Rel. 8 onwards)

ePDG

evolved Packet Data Gateway (3GTS 23.402)

EPS

Evolved Packet System

EPS-AKA

Evolved Packet System -Authentication and Key Agreement


(3GTS 33.401)

EPT

ETSI Project TETRA

EQ200

Equalizer Test 200 km/h

ERO

European Radiocommunications Office

ERP

Extended Rate Physical Layer

ert-PS

Extended Real-Time Polling Service (WiMAX Traffic Class)

ertPS

Extended Real-Time Polling Service (IEEE 802.16 Traffic Class)

ES

Elementary Stream

ES-Id

Encoding Symbol-Id

Es/No

Energy per symbol / Noise power spectral density

ESCR

Elementary Stream Clock Reference

ESG

Electronic Service Guide

ESM

EPS Session Management (3GTS 24.301)

ESN

Electronic Serial Number (North American Market)

ESP

Encapsulating Security Payload (RFC 4303)

ESS

Extended Service Set

Ethernet

Layer 2 Protocol for IP (IEEE 802.3)

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 309 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

- 310 -

ETS

European Telecommunication Standard

ETSI

European Telecommunications Standard Institute

EUI-64

Extended Unique Identifier - 64 bit long (IEEE / the

EUL

Enhanced Uplink

EV-DO

Evolution Data Only or Evolution Data Optimized (cdma2000)

EV-DV

Evolution Data/Voice (cdma2000)

EVM

Error Vector Magnitude

F-DPCH

Fractional Dedicated Physical Channel (3GTS 25.211)

F-TEID

Fully Qualified Tunnel Endpoint Identifier (3GTS 29.274)

FA

Foreign Agent (Mobile IP / RFC 3344)

FACCH

Fast Associated Control Channel (GSM)

FACH

Forward Access Channel (UMTS Transport Channel)

FANR

Fast Ack/Nack Reporting

FBI

Final Block Indicator

FBI

Feedback Information (UMTS)

FBSS

Fast Base Station Switching

FCB

Frequency Correction downlink burst

FCC

Federal Communications Commission

FCCH

Frequency Correction Channel (GSM)

FCH

Frame Control Header

FCS

Frame Check Sequence (CRC-Check)

FDD

Frequency Division Duplex

FDDI

Fiber Distributed Data Interconnect (optical Layer 2)

FDM

Frequency Division Multiplexing

FDMA

Frequency Division Multiple Access

FDPS

Full-slot Downlink Pilots Set

FDT

File Delivery Table

FEC

Forward Error Correction

FER

Frame Error Rate

FFH

Fast Frequency Hopping

FFRS

Fractional Frequency Reuse Scheme

FFS

For Further Study

FFT

Fast Fourier Transformation

FH

Frequency Hopping

FH-CDMA

Frequency Hopping Code Division Multiple Access

FHSS

Frequency Hopping Spread Spectrum

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

List of Acronyms
FIB

Forward Indicator Bit

FIPS

Federal Information Processing Standard

FiSA

Filler Set A

FiSB

Filler Set B

FISU

Fill In Signal Unit

FLO

Flexible Layer 1 (3GTS 45.902)

FLUTE

File Delivery over Unidirectional Transport (RFC 3926)

FM

Frequency Modulation

FMC

Fixed Mobile Convergence

FN

Frame Number

FP

Frame Protocol

FPB

First Partial Bitmap

FQDN

Fully Qualified Domain Name. Fully qualified domain names


consist of a host and a domain name whereas the domain
name needs to include a top-level domain (e.g. 'de' or 'org').
Examples: 'www.inacon.de' and 'PC10.inacon.com' are fully
qualified domain names. 'www' and 'PC10' represent the host,
'inacon' is the second-level domain, 'de' and 'com' are the top
level domain.

FR

Fullrate or Frame Relay

FrCS

Frequency Correction Set

FRMR

Frame Reject

FRS

Frequency Reuse Scheme

FSK

Frequency Shift Key or Keying

FSN

Forward Sequence Number

FTP

File Transfer Protocol (RFC 959)

FUPS

Full-slot Uplink Pilots Set

FUSC

Full Usage of Subchannels

FWA

Fixed Wireless Access

G-MSC

Gateway MSC

G-PDU

T-PDU + GTP-Header

G-RNTI

GERAN Radio Network Temporary Identifier

GA

Generic Access (3GTS 43.318)

GA-CSR

Generic Access - Circuit-Switched Resources (3GTS 43.318)

GA-PSR

Generic Access - Packet-Switched Resources (3GTS 43.318)

GA-RC

Generic Access - Resource Control (3GTS 43.318)

GAA

Generic Authentication Architecture (3GTS 33.220)

GAN

Generic Access Network

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 311 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

- 312 -

GANC

Generic Access Network Controller (3GTS 43.318)

GBA

Generic Bootstraping Architecture (3GTS 33.220)

GBR

Guaranteed Bit Rate

GCC

Generic Call Control

GCF

General Certification Forum

GCK

Group Cipher Key

GEA

GPRS Encryption Algorithm

GERAN

GSM EDGE Radio Access Network

GFSK

Gaussian Frequency Shift Key or Keying

GGSN

Gateway GPRS Support Node

GHz

Giga Hertz (109 Hertz)

GI

Guard Interval

GIAT

Group Identity Address Type

GIF

Graphics Interchange Format

GITI

Group Identify Type Identifier

GK

Gatekeeper

GMK

Group Master Key

GMLC

Gateway Mobile Location Center

GMM

GPRS Mobility Management

GMSC

Gateway MSC

GMSC-S

Gateway MSC Server

GMSK

Gaussian Minimum Shift Keying

GNU

recursive acronym for GNU is Not Unix. Today a synonym for


free Sourcecode Software.

GOP

Group of Pictures

GoS

Grade of Service

GPCS

Generic Packet Convergence Sublayer (IEEE 802.16)

GPRS

General Packet Radio Service

GPRS-CSI

GPRS CAMEL Subscription Information

GPRS-SSF

GPRS Service Switching Function (CAMEL)

GPS

Global Positioning System

GRA

GERAN Registration Area

GRE

Generic Routing Encapsulation (RFC 2784)

GRX

GPRS Roaming Exchange (GSM-Association IR.34)

GSM

Global System for Mobile Communication

GSM-R

GSM for Railways

GSMS

GPRS Short Message Service

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

List of Acronyms
GSN

GPRS Support Node

GSSI

Group Short Subscriber Identity

GTK

Group Temporal Key

GTKSA

Group Temporal Key Security Association

GTP

GPRS Tunneling Protocol (3GTS 29.060)

GTP-C

GTP Control Plane

GTP-U

GTP User Plane

GTSI

Group TETRA Subscriber Identity

GTT

Global Title Translation (ITU-T Q.714 (2.4))

GTTP

GPRS Transparent Transport Protocol (3GTS 44.018)

GUMMEI

Global Unique MME Identity (3GTS 23.003)

GUP

Generic User Profile

GUTI

Global Unique Terminal Identity (3GTS 23.003)

GW

Gateway

GWCN

GateWay Core Network configuration

GZIP

GNU ZIP (compression format)

H-PLMN

Home PLMN

H-RNTI

HS-DSCH Radio Network Transaction Identifier (3GTS 25.331,


25.433)

HA

Home Agent (Mobile IP / RFC 3344)

HARQ

Hybrid ARQ

HB

Heartbeat

HBDC

Happy Bit Delay Condition (3GTS 25.309)

HBM

Host Based Mobility

HC

Hybrid Coordinator

HC-SDMA

High Capacity - Spatial Division Multiple Access

HCCA

HCF Controlled Channel Access

HCF

Hybrid Coordination Function

HCS

Hierarchical Cell Structure

HDB3

High Density Bipolar Three (Line Coding used for E1 (PCM 30)

HDLC

High level Data Link Control

HDTV

High Definition Television

HE

Header Extension Field

HFC

Hxbrid Fiber Cable (relates to the layer 1 of CableTVoperators)

HFC-Network

Hybrid Fiber- / Coaxial-cable

HI

HARQ Indicator

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 313 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

- 314 -

HIPERLAN/2

High Performance Radio Local Area Network type 2

HiperMAN

High Performance Radio Metropolitan Area Network

HLR

Home Location Register

HMAC

Keyed Hashing for Message Authentication (RFC 2104)

HMIP

Hierarchical Mobile IPv6 (RFC 5380)

HO

Handover

HoA

Home Address

HOM

Higher Order Modulation

HOMTC

Higher Order Modulation and Turbo Coding

HOT

Higher Order modulation and Turbo coding for downlink

HP

High Priority Path (MPEG, DVB)

HPLMN

Home Public Land Mobile radio Network

HR

High Rate

HR

Halfrate

HRPD

High Rate Packet Data (cdma2000 term)

HS

High Speed

HS-DPCCH

High Speed Dedicated Physical Control Channel (3GTS 25.211)

HS-DSCH

High Speed Downlink Shared Transport Channel (3GTS


25.211, 25.212, 25.308)

HS-HARQ

High Speed Hybrid Automatic Repeat Request

HS-PDSCH

High Speed Physical Downlink Shared Channel (3GTS 25.211)

HS-SCCH

High Speed Shared Control Channel (3GTS 25.211, 25.214)

HSCSD

High Speed Circuit Switched Data

HSDPA

High Speed Downlink Packet Access (3GTS 25.301, 25.308,


25.401, 3GTR 25.848)

HSGW

HRPD Serving Gateway (cdma2000 term)

HSPA

High Speed Packet Access (operation of HSDPA and HSUPA)

HSPA+

Enhanced High Speed Packet Access (operation of enhanced


HSDPA and enhanced HSUPA)

HSR

Higher Symbol Rate

HSS

Home Subscriber Server [3GTS 23.002]. HSS replaces the HLR


with 3GPP Rel. 5

HSUPA

High Speed Uplink Packet Access (3GTS 25.301, 25.309,


25.401, 3GTR 25.896)

HT

High Throughput

HT200

Hilly Terrain 200 km/h

HTML

Hypertext Markup Language

HTTP

HyperText Transfer Protocol (RFC 2616)

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

List of Acronyms
HTTPS

Hypertext Transfer Protocol Secure

HUGE

Higher Uplink performance for Geran Evolution

HUMAN

High-speed Unlicensed Metropolitan Area Network

HUPS

Half-slot Uplink Pilots Set

HW

Hardware

I-CSCF

Interrogating Call Session Control Function (SIP)

I-WLAN

Interworking WLAN (Wireless Local Area Network) (3GTS


23.234)

I+S

Information + Supervisory

IAM

Initial Address Message (ISUP ISDN User Part)

IANA

Internet Assigned Numbers Authority

IBS

Integrated Base Station

IBSS

Independent Basic Service Set

iBurst

Data Communication Standards

IC

Interference Cancellation

ICANN

Internet Corporation for Assigned Names and Numbers

ICH

Indicator Channel (UMTS Physical Channel / see also PICH,


AICH, CD/CA-ICH)

ICIC

Inter-Cell Interference Coordination

ICM

Initial Codec Mode

ICMP

Internet Control Message Protocol (RFC 792)

ICMPv4

Internet Control Message Protocol for IPv4 (RFC 792)

ICMPv6

Internet Control Message Protocol for IPv6 (RFC 4443)

ICS

Implementation Conformance Statement

ICS

IMS Centralized Services (3GTR 22.892)

ICV

Integrity Check Value

ID

Identity

IDEA

International Data Encryption Algorithm

IDFT

Inverse Discrete Fourier Transformation

IDNNS

Intra-Domain NAS Node Selector

IE

Information Element

IEC

International Electrotechnical Commission

IEEE

Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers

IETF

Internet Engineering Task Force (www.ietf.org)

IF

Intermediate Frequency

IFFT

Inverse Fast Fourier Transformation

IFS

InterFrame Space

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 315 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

- 316 -

IGMP

Internet Group Multicast Protocol (RFC 1112, RFC 2236)

IHOSS

Internet Hosted Octet Stream Service

IIR-Filter

Infinite Impulse Response Filter

IK

Integrity Key (3GTS 33.102)

IKE

Internet Key Exchange (RFC 2409)

IKEv2

Internet Key Exchange protocol / version 2 (RFC 4306)

IKMP

Internet Key Management Protocol

iLBC

Internet Low Bitrate Codec (RFC 3951 / RFC 3952)

ILCM

Incoming Leg Control Model

IM

Instant Messaging

IMEI

International Mobile Equipment Identity

IMEISV

International Mobile Equipment Identity - amended by


Software Version number

IMM

IMMediate access parameter

IMPI

IP Multimedia Private Identity; the private user identity of an


IMS-subscriber, formatted as an NAI (3GTS 33.203)

IMPU

IP Multimedia Public Identity; the public user identity of an


IMS-subscriber, formatted as SIP-URI or TEL-URI (3GTS
33.203)

IMS

Internet Protocol Multimedia Core Network Subsystem (Rel. 5


onwards)

IMS-AG

IMS-Access Gateway

IMS-SSF

IP Multimedia Subsystem - Service Switching Function

IMSI

International Mobile Subscriber Identity

IMT

International Mobile Telecommunications

IMT-2000

International Mobile Telecommunications for the year 2000

IN

Intelligent Networking

INAP

Intelligent Network Application Part (CCS7)

INT

IP-MAC Notification Table (DVB-H SI)

IOP

Interoperability (of TETRA equipment)

IoT

Interference over Thermal noise

IOV

Input / Offset Variable [3GTS 44.064]

IOV-I / IOV-UI

Input Offset Variable for I+S and UI-Frames (for ciphering in


GPRS)

IP

Internet Protocol (RFC 791)

IP-CAN

Internet Protocol - Connectivity Access Network (e.g. DSL, TVCable, WiMAX, UMTS)

IP-CS

IP-Convergence Sublayer

IPBCP

IP Bearer Control Protocol (ITU-T Q.1970)

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

List of Acronyms
IPCP

Internet Protocol Control Protocol (RFC 1332)

IPDC

IP Datacast

IPDV

IP-packet delay variation (ITU-T Y.1540)

IPER

IP-packet error ratio (ITU-T Y.1540)

IPLR

IP-packet loss ratio (ITU-T Y.1540)

IPR

Intellectual Property Rights

IPsec

Internet Protocol / secure (RFC 4301)

IPTD

IP-packet transfer delay (ITU-T Y.1540)

IPTV

Internet Protocol Television

IPv4

Internet Protocol (version 4)

IPv6

Internet Protocol (version 6)

IQ

Inphase and Quadrature

IR

Infra Red

IR

Incremental Redundancy (ARQ II)

IS

Interim Standard (ANSI Standard)

IS-95

Interim Standard - 95 (Qualcomm CDMA)

ISAKMP

Internet Security Association and Key Management Protocol


(RFC 2408)

ISBN

International Standard Book Number

ISC

IP multimedia subsystem Service Control-Interface

ISCP

Interference Signal Code Power (3GTS 25.215 / 3GTS 25.102)

ISCTI

Istituto Superiore delle Comunicazioni e delle Tecnologie


dell'Informazione

ISDB

Integrated Services Digital Broadcasting

ISDN

Integrated Services Digital Network

ISI

Inter-System Interface

ISI

Inter-Symbol Interference

ISIM

IMS capable Subscriber Identity Module

ISM

Industrial, Scientific and Medical (term for license-free


frequencies)

ISO

International Standardization Organization

ISP

Internet Service Provider

ISPC

International Signaling Point Code (ITU-T Q.708)

ISSI

Individual Short Subscriber Identity

ISUA

ISDN User Adaptation Layer

ISUP

ISDN User Part (ITU-T Q.761 - Q.765)

IT

Information Technology

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 317 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

- 318 -

ITSI

Individual TETRA Subscriber Identity

ITU

International Telecommunication Union

ITU-R

International Telecommunication Union Radiocommunications

ITU-T

International Telecommunication Union - Telecommunication


Sector

Iu-FP

Iu-Frame Protocol (3GTS 25.415)

IUA

ISDN Q.921 User Adaptation Layer (RFC 4233)

Iub_HS

Iub Interface with High Speed connection

Iub-FP

Iub-Frame Protocol (3GTS 25.427 / 25.435)

Iur-FP

Iur-Frame Protocol (3GTS 25.424, 3GTS 25.425, 25.426,


25.435)

IUT

Implementation under Test

IV

Initialization Vector

JD

Joint Detection

JPEG

Joint Picture Expert Group

K(ASME)

Key (Access Security Management Entity) (3GTS 33.401)

kbps

kilo-bits per second

KCK

EAPOL Key Confirmation Key

KDF

Key Derivation Function (3GTS 33.401)

KEK

Key Encryption Key (IEEE 802.16)

KEK

EAPOL Key Encryption Key

kHz

Kilo Hertz (103 Hertz)

KMC

Key Management Centres

KSG

Key Stream Generator

KSI

Key Set Identifier (3GTS 33.401)

L1

Layer 1 (physical layer)

L2

Layer 2 (data link layer)

L2TP

Layer 2 Tunneling Protocol (RFC 2661)

L3

Layer 3 (network layer)

LA

Location Area

LA

Link Adaptation

LAC

Location Area Code

LACC

Location Area Country Code

LAI

Location Area Identification (LAI = MCC + MNC + LAC) [3GTS


23.003]

LAN

Local Area Network

LANC

Location Area Network Code

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

List of Acronyms
LAPB

Link Access Procedure Balanced

LAPD

Link Access Protocol for the ISDN D-Channel

LAPDm

Link Access Protocol for the D-Channel / modified for the GSM
air interface (3GTS 44.006)

LAPV5

Link Access Protocol for V5-interface

LATRED

Latency Reduction (Work item within GERAN-Evolution)

LB

Load Balancing

LB

Linearization Burst

LBS

Location Based Service

LCH

Logical Channel (3GTS 25.321 MAC-ehs)

LCH-Q

Linearization CHannel, QAM

LCID

Logical Channel ID

LCMC-SAP

Link entity Circuit Mode Control entity - Service Access Point

LCP

Link Control Protocol (PPP)

LCR

Low Chip Rate TDD

LCS

LoCation Service

LCT

Layered Coding Transport

LDAP

Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (RFC 3928)

LDB

Linearization Downlink Burst

LDPC

Low Density Parity Check

LE

Lower Effort PDB (DiffServ Term)

LEAP

Lightweight Extensible Authentication Protocol

LED

Light Emitting Diode

LER

Label Edge Router (MPLS)

LEX

Local Exchange Carrier

LI

Length Indicator

LIP

Location Information Protocol

LIP-SAP

Location Information Protocol - Service Access Point

LLC

Logical Link Control-Protocol

LLME

Lower Layer Management Entity

LMA

Local Mobility Anchor (RFC 5213)

LMDS

Local Multipoint Distribution Services

LMM-SAP

Link entity Mobility Management - Service Access Point

LMMSE

Linear Minimum Mean Square Error receiver

LMU

Location Measurement Unit

LNET

ORF ATM Network

LNM

Local Network Management

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 319 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

- 320 -

LOG10

Logarithm of basis 10

LOS

Line Of Sight

LP

Low Priority Path (MPEG, DVB)

LPC

Linear Predictive Coding

LPD

Link Protocol Discriminator

LR

Location Register

LS

Line Station

LSB

Least Significant Bit

LSF

Last Segment Flag

LSI

Line Station Interface

LSP

Label Switched Path (MPLS)

LSR

Label Switch Router (MPLS)

LSSU

Link Status Signal Unit

LTE

Long Term Evolution (of UMTS)

LTE_ACTIVE

LTE State for active packet transmission

LTE_DETACHED

LTE State for UE not being registered in the network

LTE_IDLE

LTE State for non active packet transmission

LTF

Long Training Field

LTPD-SAP

Link entity TETRA Packet Data - Service Access Point

LUPR

Last User Power Ratio

LZS

Linearisation downlink Zeroed Set

M-bit

More bit

M-TMSI

MME - Temporary Mobile Subscriber Identity

M2PA

MTP-2 user Peer-to-Peer Adaptation Layer (RFC 4165)

M2UA

MTP-2 User Adaptation Layer (RFC 3331)

M3UA

MTP-3 User Adaptation Layer (RFC 4666)

MAC

Message Authentication Code

MAC

Medium Access Control

MAC-d

Medium Access Control for the Dedicated Transport Channel


(3GTS 25.321)

MAC-e

MAC-E-DCH (3GTS 25.321)

MAC-ehs

MAC-Evolved High Speed

MAC-es

MAC-E-DCH SRNC (3GTS 25.321)

MAC-hs

MAC-High Speed (3GTS 25.321)

MAG

Mobile Access Gateway (RFC 5213)

MAN

Metropolitan Area Network

MAP

Mobile Application Part (3GTS 29.002)

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

List of Acronyms
MAP-B

Mobile Application Part - B-interface protocol between MSC


and VLR

MAP-X

Mobile Application Part - various interface protocols like B-, C-,


D-, E-, F- or G-interface

MAR

Minimum to Average power Ratio

MASF

Minimum Available Spreading Factor

Max [X, Y]

The value shall be the maximum of X or Y, which ever is


bigger

MBit

Mega Bit

MBMS

Multimedia Broadcast / Multicast Service (3GTS 23.246, 3GTS


43.846)

MBMS_RRC_CONN RRC state for E-MBMS in LTE


ECTED
MBR

Maximum Bit Rate

MBS

Multicast Broadcast Services

MBSAT

Mobile Broadcast Satellite

MBSFN

MBMS Single Frequency Network

MBWA

Mobile Broadband Wireless Access [IEEE 802.20]

MBZ

Must Be Zero

MCC

Mobile Country Code [ITU-T E.212]

MCCH

Main Control CHannel

MCCH

MBMS point-to-multipoint Control Channel

MCH

Multicast Channel

MCM

Minimum Control Mode

Mcps

Mega Chip Per Second

MCS

Modulation and Coding Scheme

MCS-X

Modulation and Coding Scheme (1 - 9) and for HSDPA /


HSUPA

MCU

Multipoint Control Unit (H.323 equipment)

MD

Message Digest algorithm (e.g. MD-5)

MD-X

Message Digest Algorithm (MD-2, 4, 5 are defined) (MD-5 RFC


1321)

MDHO

Macro-Diversity Handover

MDSR

Modified Dual Symbol Rate

ME

Mobile Equipment (ME + SIM = MS)

MEGACO

Media Gateway Control Protocol (ITU-T H.248 incl. Annex F - H


and IETF RFC 3015)

MELPe

Mixed Excitation Linear Predictive

MER

Message Erasure Rate

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 321 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

- 322 -

MEX

Multimedia Exchange Layer

MExE

Mobile Station Application Execution Environment

MGC

Media Gateway Controller

MGCF

Media Gateway Control Function

MGCK

Modified Group Cipher key

MGCP

Media Gateway Control Protocol (RFC 2705)

MGT

MPEG PSI tables for ARIB

MGW

Media Gateway

MHP

Multimedia Home Platform

MHz

Mega Hertz (106 Hertz)

MIB

Master Information Block

MIB

Management Information Base

MIC

Message Integrity Code

MICH

MBMS Notification Indicator Channel

MIDI

Musical Instrument Digital Interface

MIH

Media Independent Handover (IEEE 802.21)

MII

Ministry of Information Industry

MIKEY

Multimedia Internet KEYing (RFC 3830)

MIME

Multipurpose Internet Mail Extensions

MIMO

Multiple In / Multiple Out (antenna system)

MIN

Mobile Identity Number (North American Market)

Min [X, Y]

The value shall be the minimum of X or Y, which ever is


smaller

MINA

Mobile Internet Network Architecture

MIP

Mobile IP (RFC 2002, 3344, 3775)

MIPv4

Mobile IP Version 4

MISO

Multiple In / Single Out (antenna system)

MitM

Man in the Middle (attack)

MLD

Multicast Listener Discovery (RFC 2710)

MLE

Mobile Link Entity

MLME

MAC Sublayer Management Entity

MLP

MAC Logical Channel Priority

MLPP

Multi-Level Precedence and Pre-emption (ITU-T Q.85 / Clause


3)

MM

Mobility Management

MMCC

Multimedia Call Control

MMD

IP Multimedia Domain (name of the IMS in 3GPP2)

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

List of Acronyms
MMDS

Multipoint Microwave Distribution System or Multi-channel


Multi-point Distribution System

MME

Mobility Management Entity (3GTS 23.401) (Rel. 8 onwards)

MMEC

MME Code

MMEGI

MME Group Identity

MMEI

Mobility Management Entity Identity (3GTS 23.003)

MMI

Man-Machine-Interface

MMS

Multimedia Messaging Service (3GTS 22.140, 3GTS 23.140)

MN

Multiframe Number

MNC

Mobile Network Code

MNI

Mobile Network Identity

MNP

Mobile Number Portability

MNRG

Mobile Not Reachable for GPRS flag

MO

Mobile station Originating

MOBIKE

IKEv2 Mobility and Multihoming Protocol (RFC 4555)

MOC

Mobile Originating Call

MOCN

Multi-Operator Core Network

mod

modulo (base for counting)

MOPS

Million Operations Per second

MORE

Modulation Order and symbol Rate Enhancement

MOS

Mean Opinion Score

MP3

MPEG-1 Audio Layer 3

MPCC

Multiparty Call Control

MPDU

MAC Protocol Data Unit

MPE

Multi Protocol Encapsulation (DVB-H)

MPEG

Motion Picture Expert Group

MPEG2-TS

MPEG-2 Transport Stream (DVB)

MPLS

Multi Protocol Label Switching

MPN

Monitoring Pattern Number

MPRACH

MBMS Packet Random Access Channel ((E)GPRS)

MRC

Maximum Ratio Combining

MRF

Multimedia Resource Function

MRFC

Multimedia Resource Function Controller

MRFP

Multimedia Resource Function Processor

MRU

Maximum Receive Unit (PPP)

MRW

Move Receiving Window

MS

Mobile Subscriber Station [IEEE 802.16]

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 323 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

- 324 -

MS

Mobile Station

MS-ISDN

Mobile Subscriber - International Service Directory Number

MS-PD

Multislot Packet Data

MSB

Most Significant Bit

MSC

Mobile Services Switching Center

MSC-S

MSC-Server

MSCH

MBMS point-to-multipoint Scheduling Channel

MSDU

MAC Service Data Unit

MSK

Master Session Key

MSRD

Mobile Station Receive Diversity

MSRN

Mobile Station Roaming Number

MSRP

Message Session Relay Protocol (draft-ietf-simple-messagesessions-XX)

MSS

Maximum Segment Size (TCP)

MST

Multiple Slot Transmission

MSU

Message Signal Unit

MT

Mobile Terminal or Mobile Terminating

MT0

Mobile station Termination type 0

MT2

Mobile station Termination type 2

MTBF

Mean Time Between Failure

MTC

Mobile Terminating Call

MTCH

MBMS point-to-multipoint Traffic Channel

MTK

MBMS Traffic Key

MTP

Message Transfer Part (ITU-T Q.701 - Q.709)

MTP-3b

Message Transfer Part level 3 / broadband (ITU-T Q.2210)

MTTR

Mean Time To Repair

MTU

Maximum Transmit Unit (IP)

MUD

Multi-User-Detection unit

MUX

Multiplex

MVNO

Mobile Virtual Network Operator

N-PDU

Network-Protocol Data Unit (IP-Packet, X.25-Frame)

N-SAW

N-Channel Stop and Wait (3GTS 25.309, 3GTR 25.848)

N(R)

Received SDU (TL-SDU) Number

N(S)

Sent SDU (TL-SDU) Number

NACC

Network Assisted Cell Change (3GTS 44.060)

NACK

Negative Acknowledgement

NAF

Network Application Function (part of the Generic

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

List of Acronyms
Authentication Architecture (GAA))
NAI

Network Access Identifier (RFC 2486)

NAP

Network Access Provider

NAPT

Network Address Port Translation (RFC 3022)

NAPTR

Naming Authority Pointer (RFC 2915)

NAS

Non-Access-Stratum

NASS

Network Attachment SubSystem (part of the TISPAN NGNarchitecture)

NAT

Network Address Translation (RFC 1631)

NATO

North Atlantic Treaty Organisation

NAV

Network Allocation Vector

NBAP

NodeB Application Part (3GTS 25.433)

NBM

Network Based Mobility

NBNS

NetBios Name Service

NC

Network Control

NC

Network Connection

NC

Neighbor Cell

NCC

Network Color Code

NCM

Normal Control Mode

NCP

Network Control Protocol (PPP)

NDB

Normal Downlink Burst

NDI

New Data Indicator

NEMO

Network Mobility (RFC 3963)

NGMN

Next Generation Mobile Networks

NGN

Next Generation Networks

NI

Network Indicator

NIC

Network Interface Card

NIT

Network Information Table (MPEG2-TS PSI, DVB-SI)

NLOS

Non Line Of Sight

NMS

Network Management Subsystem

NMT

Nordic Mobile Telephone (analog cellular standard, mainly


used in Scandinavia)

NNI

Network-to-Network Interface

NOM

Network Operation Mode [3GTS 23.060]

NPB

Next Partial Bitmap

NPM

Non-Persistent Mode

NRA

National Regulatory Administration

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 325 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

- 326 -

NRI

Network Resource Identifier

NS

Network Service

NS-VC

Network Service - Virtual Connection

NS-VCG

Network Service - Virtual Connection Group

NS-VL

Network Service - Virtual Link

NSAP

Network Service Access Point

NSAPI

Network Service Access Point Identifier

NSE

Network Service Entity

NSF

NAS Node Selection function

NSIS

Next Steps in Signaling (RFC 4080)

NSLP

NSIS Signaling Layer Protocol (e.g. for resource reservation)

NSP

Network Service Provider

NSPC

National Signaling Point Code

NSR

Normal Symbol Rate

NSS

Network Switching Subsystem

NT

Network Termination

NTSC

National Television System Committee (video standard for


North America)

NUB

Normal Uplink Burst

NWG

Network Working Group (WiMAX Forum)

O-bit

Optional bit

O&M

Operation and Maintenance

OCNS

Orthogonal Channel Noise Simulator

OCS

Online Charging System (3GTS 23.203)

Octet

8 bit

OFCS

Offline Charging System (3GTS 23.203)

OFDM

Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiplexing

OFDMA

Orthogonal Frequency Division Multiple Access

OFUSC

Optional FUSC (Full Usage of Subchannels)

OLCM

Outgoing Leg Control Model

OMA

Open Mobile Alliance (http://www.openmobilealliance.org/)

OMAC

One-Key CBC-MAC (NIST standard: SP 800-38B and


http://csrc.nist.gov/CryptoToolkit/modes/proposedmodes/)

OMAP

Operation & Maintenance Application Part

OMC

Operation and Maintenance Center

OoBTC

Out of Band Transcoder Control (3GTS 23.153)

OOK

On OFF Keying

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

List of Acronyms
OP

Optional

OPC

Originating Point Code

OPEX

Operational Expenditure

OPUSC

Optional PUSC (Partial Usage of Subchannels)

OPWA

One Pass With Advertising (Term in RSVP)

ORF

Oesterreichischer Rundfunk

OSA

Open Service Access

OSA-SCS

Open Service Access - Service Capability Server

OSCP

Online Certificate Status Protocol (RFC 2560)

OSI

Open System Interconnection

OSP

Octet Stream Protocol

OSPF

Open Shortest Path First

OTAR

Over The Air Re-keying

OTDOA

Observed Time Difference Of Arrival

OVSF

Orthogonal Variable Spreading Factor

P-CCPCH

Primary Common Control Physical Channel (UMTS / used as


bearer for the BCH TrCH)

P-CPICH

Primary Common Pilot Channel (UMTS Physical Channel)

P-CSCF

Proxy Call Session Control Function (SIP)

P-GW

Packet Data Network Gateway (part of EPC)

P-SCH

Primary Synchronization Channel

P-TMSI

Packet TMSI

p/4-DQPSK

p/4-shifted Differential Quaternary Phase Shift Keying

p/8-D8PSK

p/8-shifted Differential 8 Phase Shift Keying

P/F-Bit

Polling/Final - Bit

P/S

Parallel to Serial

PA

Presence Agent (RFC 3856)

PA

Power Amplifier

PA

Pedestrian A mobile radio channel

PABX

Private Automatic Branch Exchange

PAC

Protected Access Credential

PACCH

Packet Associated Control Channel ((E)GPRS)

PACQ

Probability of synchronization burst ACQuisition

PACS

Personal Access Communication System

PAD

Packet Assembly Disassembly

PAGCH

Packet Access Grant Channel ((E)GPRS)

PAL

Phase Alternating Line (TV Norm)

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 327 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

- 328 -

PAMR

Public Access Mobile Radio

PAN

Piggybacked Ack/Nack

PAP

Password Authentication Protocol (RFC 1334)

PAPR

Peak-to-Average Power Ratio

PAR

Peak to Average power Ratio

PAT

Program Assocation Table (MPEG2-TS)

PB

Pedestrian B mobile radio channel

PBCC

Packet Binary Convolutional Code

PBCCH

Packet Broadcast Control Channel ((E)GPRS)

PBCH

Physical Broadcast Channel

PBS

Peak Burst Size

PC

Protocol Control

PC

Protocol Class (SCCP)

PC

Power Control

PC

Point Coordinator

PC

Personal Computer

PC

Paging Controller

PCC

Policy and Charging Control (3GTS 23.203)

PCCC

Parallel Concatenated Convolutional Code (possible Turbo


Coding Scheme)

PCCCH

Packet Common Control Channel ((E)GPRS)

PCCH

Paging Control Channel

PCEF

Policy and Charging Enforcement Function (3GTS 23.203)

PCF

Point Coordination Function

PCFICH

Physical Control Format Indicator Channel

PCH

Paging Channel

PCI

Precoding Control Indication

PCI

Peripheral Component Interconnect (computer bus standard to


interconnect peripherals to the CPU)

PCM

Pulse Code Modulation

PCN

Personal Communication Network

PCOMP

Protocol COMpression Protocol

PCPCH

Physical Common Packet Channel (UMTS Physical Channel)

PCR

Program Clock Reference (MPEG)

PCRF

Policy and Charging Rules Function (3GTS 23.203)

PCS

Personal Communication System

PCU

Packet Control Unit

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

List of Acronyms
PD

Protocol Discriminator

PD

Packet Data

PDA

Personal Digital Assistant

PDB

Per Domain Behavior (DiffServ Term)

PDB

Packet Delay Budget

PDBF

Profile DataBase Function (TISPAN term / ETSI ES 282 004)

PDC

Personal Digital Communication (ARIB-Standard)

PDCCH

Physical Downlink Control Channel

PDCH

Packet Data Channel

PDCP

Packet Data Convergence Protocol

PDF

Probability Density Function

PDF

Policy Decision Function (Part of the IP Multimedia Subsystem)

PDG

Packet Data Gateway

PDH

Plesiochronous Digital Hierarchy

PDN

Packet Data Network

PDN-GW

Packet Data Network Gateway (part of EPC)

PDO

Packet Data Optimised

PDP

Packet Data Protocol

PDS

Power Density Spectrum

PDS

Packet Data Subsystem (3GPP2)

PDSCH

Physical Downlink Shared Channel

PDSN

Packet Data Support Node (the SGSN in 3GPP2)

PDTCH

Packet Data Traffic Channel ((E)GPRS)

PDU

Protocol Data Unit or Packet Data Unit

PEAP

Protected Extensible Authentication Protocol

PEI

Peripheral Equipment Interface

PEP

Policy Enforcement Point (3GTS 23.209)

PER

Packed Encoding Rules (ITU-T X.691)

PES

Packetised Elementary Stream (DVB)

PES

PSTN/ISDN Emulation Subsystem (part of the TISPAN NGNarchitecture)

PFC

Packet Flow Context

PFI

Packet Flow Identifier

PG

Processing Gain: 10 * LOG10 (3.84 Mcps / user_data_rate)

PHB

Per Hop Behavior (DiffServ Term)

PhCH

Physical Channel

PHICH

Physical HARQ Acknowledgement Indicator Channel

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 329 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

- 330 -

PHS

Personal Handy phone System

PHS

Payload Header Suppression (IEEE 802.16)

PHY

Physical Layer

PHz

Peta Hertz (1015 Hertz)

PI

Priority Indicator

PI

Paging Indicator

PICH

Page Indicator Channel (UMTS Physical Channel)

PICMG

PCI (Peripheral Component Interconnect) Industrial Computer


Manufacturers Group (http://www.picmg.org/)

PICS

Protocol Implementation Conformance Statement

PID

Packet Identifier (MPEG2-TS)

PIDF

Presence Information Data Format (RFC 3863)

PIFS

Point (coordination function) InterFrame Space

PIN

Personal Identification Number

PIR

Peak Information Rate

PIXIT

Protocol Implementation Extra Information for Testing

PKCS

Public Key Cryptography Standard

PKI

Public Key Infrastructure

PKMv2

Privacy Key Management Version 2

PL

Puncturing Limit (3GTS 25.212)

PL

Physical Layer

PL-SAP

Packet link Layer Service Access Point

PLC

Power Line Communications

PLCP

Physical Layer Convergence Procedure

PLmax

E-DCH maximum Puncturing Limit (3GTS 25.212)

PLME

Physical Layer Management Entity

PLMN

Public Land Mobile Network

PLnon-max

Puncturing Limit not requiring maximum physical channels


(3GTS 25.212)

PLR

Packet Loss Rate

PLW

PDSU Length Word

PMCH

Physical Multicast Channel

PMD

Physical Medium Dependent

PMI

Precoding Matrix Indicator

PMIP

Proxy Mobile IP

PMIPv6

Proxy Mobile IPv6 (RFC 5213)

PMK

Pairwise Master Key

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

List of Acronyms
PMKID

Pairwise Master Key Identity

PMKSA

Pairwise Master Key Security Association

PMM

Packet Mobility Management

PMR

Professional Mobile Radio

PMR

Private Mobile Radio

PMT

Program Map Table (MPEG2-TS)

PMTU

Path MTU

PN

Pseudo Noise

PN

Packet Number

PNCH

Packet Notification Channel ((E)GPRS)

PNG

Portable Network Graphics

PO

Power Offset

PoC

Push to talk over Cellular (3GTR 29.979 and various OMAspecifications)

PoE

Power over Ethernet

POP

Post Office Protocol (RFC 1939)

POP3

Post Office Protocol version 3

POTS

Plain Old Telephone Service

PPCH

Packet Paging Channel ((E)GPRS)

PPDU

PLCP Protocol Data Unit

PPM

Pulse Position Modulation

PPP

Point-to-Point Protocol (RFC 1661)

PRA

PCPCH Resource Availability

PRACH

Physical Random Access Channel

PRACH

Packet Random Access Channel

PRACK

Provisional Response Acknowledgement (SIP-method type)

PRD

Bluetooth Qualification Program Reference Document

PRF

Pseudo Random Function

PRI

Primary rate access ISDN-user interface for PABX's (23 or 30


B-channels plus one D-Channel)

PRNG

Pseudo Random Number Generator

PS

Puncturing Scheme

PS

Program Stream

PS

Power Save

PS

Physical Slot (IEEE 802.16)

PS

Packet Switched

PSC

Primary Synchronization Code or Primary Scrambling Code

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 331 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)


(both used in UMTS)

- 332 -

PSD

Power Spectral Density (3GTS 25.215 / 3GTS 25.102)

PSDU

PLCP Service Data Unit

PSF

PLCP Signaling Field

PSI

Program Specific Information (MPEG2-TS)

PSIP

MPEG PSI tables for ARIB, similar to DVB-PSI

PSK

Preshared Key

PSK

Phase Shift Keying

PSPDN

Packet Switched Public Data Network

PSS 1

Private integrated Signalling System No. 1

PSTN

Public Switched Telephone Network

PT

Protocol Type (GTP or GTP')

PTCCH

Packet Timing Advance Control Channel ((E)GPRS)

PTCCH/D

Packet Timing Advance Control Channel / Downlink Direction


((E)GPRS)

PTCCH/U

Packet Timing Advance Control Channel / Uplink Direction


((E)GPRS)

PTI

Procedure Transaction Identity

PTK

Pairwise Transient Key

PTKSA

Pairwise Transient Key Security Association

PTM

Point to Multipoint

PTP

Point to Point

PTS

Presentation Time Stamp

PTT

Post, Telephone & Telegraph (abbreviation for the former


government owned organizations that were responsible for all
three services)

PUA

Presence User Agent (RFC 3856)

PUCCH

Physical Uplink Control Channel

PUEM

Probability of Undetected Erroneous Message

PUSC

Partial Usage of Subchannels

PUSCH

Physical Uplink Shared Channel

PVC

Permanent Virtual Circuit

QAM

n symbols Quadrature Amplitude Modulation (n = 16, 32,


64, ...)

QAP

QoS Assess Point

QBSS

Quality of Service Basic Service Set

QCI

QoS Class Identifier (3GTS 23.203)

QCIF

Quarter Common Intermediate Format (176 x 144 pixels ITU-T

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

List of Acronyms
H261 / H263)
QE

Quality Estimate

QoS

Quality of Service

QPSK

Quadrature Phase Shift Keying

QSIG

Q-interface signaling protocol

QSTA

Quality of Service Station

R-GSM

Railways-GSM

RA

Routing Area

RA

Registered Area

RA

Receive Address

RA-RNTI

Random Access Radio Network Temporary Identifier

RAA

RE-Auth-Answer command (Diameter BASE, RFC 3588)

RAB

Random Access uplink Burst

RAB

Radio Access Bearer

RAC

Routing Area Code

RAC

Radio Admission Control

RACC

Routing Area Color Code [3GTS 44.018 (10.5.2.34)]

RACH

Random Access Channel

RACS

Resource and Admission Control Subsystem (part of the


TISPAN NGN-architecture)

RADIUS

Remote Authentication Dial In User Service (RFC 2865)

RAI

Routing Area Identification

RAM

Random Access Memory

RAN

Radio Access Network

RANAP

Radio Access Network Application Part (3GTS 25.413)

RAND

Random Number

RAR

RE-Auth-Request command (Diameter BASE, RFC 3588)

RAT

Radio Access Technology (e.g. GERAN, UTRAN, ...)

RATSCCH

Robust AMR Traffic Synchronized Control CHannel

RB

Resource Block

RB

Receive Block Bitmap (EGPRS)

RB

Radio Bearer

RBB

Receive Block Bitmap (GPRS)

RBC

Radio Bearer Control

RBPSCH

Shared Basic Physical SubCHannel

RC4

Rivest Cipher 4

RCPC

Rate Compatible Punctured Convolutional

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 333 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

- 334 -

RDC

Radio Downlink Counter

RDC-NC

Radio Downlink Counter - Non Conforming channel

RDC-Q

Radio Downlink Counter, QAM

RED

Random Early Detection

RED

REduced symbol Duration

REJ

Reject

REQ

Request (COPS message type)

RES

Response

RF

Radio Frequency

RFC

Request for Comments (Internet Standards)

RFID

Radio Frequency Identification

RG

Relative Grant (3GTS 25.309)

RIP

Routing Information Protocol

RL

Radio Link (3GTS 25.433)

RL-TBF

Reduced Latency Temporary Block Flow [3GTS 43.064]

RLC

Radio Link Control

RLM

Radio Link Management (Protocol Part on the GSM AbisInterface / 3GTS 48.058)

RLP

Radio Link Protocol (3GTS 24.022)

RLS

Radio Link Set (3GTS 25.309, 25.433)

RM

Reed-Muller

RM

Rate Matching

RMS

Root Mean Square

RNC

Radio Network Controller

RNL

Radio Network Layer

RNR

Receive Not Ready

RNS

Radio Network Subsystem

RNSAP

Radio Network Subsystem Application Part (3GTS 25.423)

RNSN

Radio Network Serving Node

RNTI

Radio Network Temporary Identifier

RoHC

Robust Header Compression

ROHC

Robust Header Compression

ROI

Return On Invest

Roope53vISO

International Organization for Standardization

RoT

Rise over Thermal (interference rise relative to zero load)

RPE/LTP

Regular Pulse Excitation / Long Term Prediction (Speech


Codec)

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

List of Acronyms
RPID

Rich Presence Information Data

RPLMN

Registered PLMN

RPR

Resilient Packet Ring (IEEE 802.17)

RR

Receive Ready (LAPD/LLC/RLP-Frame Type)

RR

Radio Resource Management

RRA

Radio Resource Agent

RRBP

Relative Reserved Block Period

RRC

Radio Resource Control

RRC_CONNECTED RRC state in E-UTRA


RRC_IDLE

RRC state

RRC_MBMS_CONN RRC state in E-UTRA for UEs with MBMS service only
ECTED
RRC-Filter

Root Raised Cosine Filter

RRLP

Radio Resource LCS Protocol

RRM

Radio Resource Management

RS

Reference Signal

RSA

Ron Rivest, Adi Shamir and Leonard Adleman-algorithm


(Public Key Encryption / PKCS #1)

RSADP

RSA-Decryption Primitive (RFC 3447 (5.1.2) or PKCS #1


(5.1.2); PKCS = Public Key Cryptography Standard)

RSAEP

RSA-Encryption Primitive (RFC 3447 (5.1.1) or PKCS #1


(5.1.1); PKCS = Public Key Cryptography Standard)

RSAES-OAEP

RSA Encryption Scheme - Optimal Asymmetric Encryption


Padding (PKCS #1 / RFC 3447)

RSC

Recursive Systematic Convolutional Coder (Turbo Coding,


25.212)

RSCP

Received Signal Code Power (3GTS 25.215)

RSN

Retransmission Sequence Number (3GTS 25.309, 25.212)

RSNA

Robust Security Network Association

RSRP

Reference Signal Received Power

RSRQ

Reference Signal Received Quality

RSSI

Received Signal Strength Indicator

RST

Running Status Table (DVB-SI)

RSTD

Reference Signal Time Difference

RSVP

Resource Reservation Protocol (RFC 2205)

RT

Real Time

RTCM

Radio Technical Commission for Maritime Services

RTCP

Real-time Transport Control Protocol

RTG

Receive transmit Transition Gap (IEEE 802.16 (3.45)) the time


INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 335 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)


between an uplink subframe and the subsequent downlink
subframe in a TDD-system

- 336 -

RTO

Retransmission Time Out

RTP

Real-time Transport Protocol (RFC 3550, RFC 3551)

RTP/AVP

Real-time Transport Protocol / Audio Video Profile (RFC 3551)


(used in SDP-descriptions)

RTP/AVPF

Real-time Transport Protocol / extended Audio Video Profile for


rtcp Feedback (used in SDP-descriptions)(draft-ietf-avt-rtcpfeedback-11.txt)

RTP/SAVP

Real-time Transport Protocol / Secure Audio Video Profile (RFC


3711) (used in SDP-descriptions)

RTS

Request To Send

RTSP

Real Time Streaming Protocol (RFC 2326)

RTT

Round Trip Time

RTTI

Reduced Transmission Time Interval

RTTVAR

Round Trip Time Variation

RTWP

Received Total Wideband Power

RUIM

Removable User Identity Module

RV

Redundancy and Constellation Version (3GTS 25.212)

Rx

Receive(r)

RX

Receive

S-CCPCH

Secondary Common Control Physical Channel (used as bearer


for the FACH and PCH TrCH's / UMTS Physical Channel)

S-CPICH

Secondary Common Pilot Channel (UMTS Physical Channel)

S-CSCF

Serving Call Session Control Function (SIP)

S-GW

Serving Gateway (3GTS 23.401)

S-SCH

Secondary Synchronization Channel (physical)

S-TMSI

SAE Temporary Mobile Subscriber Identity

S(R)

Received segment Sequence number

S(S)

Sent segment Sequence number

S/P

Serial to Parallel

S1-AP

S1-interface Application Part protocol (3GTS 36.413)

SA

System Architecture

SA

Source Address

SA

Service Area

SA

Security Association

SAAL-NNI

Signaling ATM Adaptation Layer - Network Node Interface

SAB

Service Area Broadcast

SABM(E)

Set Asynchronous Balanced Mode (Extended for Modulo 128

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

List of Acronyms
operation) (LAPD/LLC/RLP-Frame Type)
SABP

Service Area Broadcast Protocol (3GTS 25.419)

SACCH

Slow Associated Control Channel (GSM)

SACCH/MD

SACCH Multislot Downlink (related control channel of TCH/FD/


GSM)

SACK

Selective Acknowledgement

SAE

System Architecture Evolution

SAI

Service Area Identifier

SAIC

Single Antenna Interference Cancellation

SANC

Signaling Area Network Code (ITU-T Q.708)

SAP

Service Access Point

SAPI

Service Access Point Identifier

SAR

Specific Absorption Rate

SAR

Segmentation And Reassembly (ATM-sublayer)

SAT

Satellite

SAW

Stop and Wait Machine

SB

Synchronization downlink Burst

SB

Scheduling Block

SBC

Session Border Controller (SIP term, usually a B2BUA with


NAT-function and media gateway)

SBLP

Service Based Local Policy

SBN

Source Block Number

SBPSCH

Shared Basic Physical SubCHannel

SC

Subcarrier

SC

Serving Cell

SC-FDMA

Single Carrier Frequency Division Multiple Access

SCCH

Secondary Control CHannel

SCCP

Signaling Connection Control Part (ITU-T Q.711 - Q.714)

SCF

Service Control Function (CAMEL)

SCH

Synchronization Channel

SCH

Signalling CHannel

SCH-P8/F

Signalling CHannel, pi/8-D8PSK, Full size

SCH-P8/HD

Signalling CHannel, pi/8-D8PSK, Half size Downlink

SCH-P8/HU

Signalling CHannel, pi/8-D8PSK, Half size Uplink

SCH-Q

Signalling CHannel, QAM

SCH-Q/D

Signalling CHannel, QAM Full size Downlink

SCH-Q/HU

Signalling CHannel, QAM Half size Uplink

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 337 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

- 338 -

SCH-Q/RA

Signalling CHannel, QAM Random Access Uplink

SCH-Q/U

Signalling CHannel, QAM Full size Uplink

SCH/F

Signalling CHannel, Full size

SCH/HD

Signalling CHannel, Half size Downlink

SCH/HU

Signalling CHannel, Half size Uplink

SCK

Static Cipher Key

SCLNS

Specific ConnectionLess Network Service

SCN

Switching Control Node

SCP

Service Control Point (IN)

SCR

Source Controlled Rate

SCTP

Stream Control Transmission Protocol (RFC 2960)

SD

Sample Duration

SDCCH

Stand Alone Dedicated Control Channel

SDH

Synchronous Digital Hierarchy

SDK

Software Development Kit

SDMA

Space Division Multiple Access

SDP

Session Description Protocol (RFC 2327, RFC 3266, RFC 3264)

SDS

Short Data Service

SDT

Service Description Table (DVB-SI)

SDTI

Short Date Type Identifier

SDTV

Standard Definition TV

SDU

Service Data Unit (the payload of a PDU)

SEG

Security Gateway

SEP

Signaling End Point (CCS7)

SF

Spreading Factor

SF

Slot Flag

SFBC

Space Frequency Block Codes

SFD

Start Frame Delimiter

SFH

Slow Frequency Hopping

SFID

Service Flow Identity

SFN

System Frame Number

SFN

Single Frequency Network

SFPG

Security and Fraud Prevention Group

SG

Serving Grant respectively Power Grant (3GTS 25.213,


25.309, 25.321)

SG

Security Gateway (IPsec / RFC 2401)

SGCP

Simple Gateway Control Protocol

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

List of Acronyms
SGi

Reference Point in LTE

SGLUPR

Last Used Power Ratio according to SG table index (3GTS


25.321)

SGsAP

SGs-interface Application Part protocol (3GTS 29.118)

SGSN

Serving GPRS Support Node

SGW

Signaling Gateway

SHA

Secure Hash Algorithm

SHCCH

Shared Channel Control Channel (UMTS Logical Channel / TDD


only)

SHO

Soft Handover (UE is having more than one radio link at the
same time and combines them)

SI

Service Information

SI

Service Indicator

SI

Segment Indicator

SI

Scheduling Info

SIB

System Information Block

SIB

LSSU with status indication busy

SIC

Serial Interference Cancellation

SICH-Q

Slot Information CHannel, QAM

SICH-Q/D

Slot Information CHannel, QAM Downlink

SICH-Q/U

Slot Information CHannel, QAM Uplink

SID

Size InDex (3GPP 25.321)

SID

Silence Insertion Descriptor

SIE

LSSU with status indication emergency alignment

SIF

Signaling Information Field

SIFS

Short InterFrame Space

SIG

Special Interest Group (e.g. Bluetooth)

SIGQ

Signaling Queue

SIGTRAN

Signaling Transport (RFC 2719)

SIM

Subscriber Identity Module

SIMO

Single In / Multiple Out (antenna system)

SIN

LSSU with status indication normal alignment

SIO

Service Information Octet

SIO

LSSU with status indication out of alignment

SIOS

LSSU with status indication out of service

SIP

Session Initiation Protocol (RFC 3261)

SIP-AS

SIP-Application Server

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 339 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

- 340 -

SIP-B

SIP for Businesses (abbreviation for a set of PABX-specific SIPextensions)

SIP-I

SIP with encapsulated ISUP (ITU-T Q.1912.5)

SIP-T

SIP for Telephones (RFC 3372, RFC 3398)

SIPO

LSSU with status indication processor outage

SIQ

Service Information Query

SIR

Signal to Interference Ratio

SISO

Single In / Single Out (antenna system)

SLA

Service Level Agreement

SLC

Signaling Link Code

SLF

Subscriber Locator Function

SLR

Source Local Reference

SLS

Signaling Link Selection

SLTA

Signaling Link Test Acknowledge

SLTM

Signaling Link Test Message

SM

Session Management (3GTS 23.060, 3GTS 24.008)

SM-SC

Short Message Service Center

SME

Station Management Entity

SME

Small and Medium size Enterprises (Type of Business)

SMG

Special Mobile Group

SMI

Short Management Identity

SMIL

Synchronized Multimedia Integration Language

SMKSA

Station to Station link Master key Security Association

SMLC

Gateway Mobile Location Center

SMS

Short Message Service (3GTS 24.011, 3GTS 23.040)

SMS-G-MSC

SMS Gateway MSC (for Short Messages destined to Mobile


Station)

SMS-IW-MSC

SMS Interworking MSC (for Short Messages coming from


Mobile Station)

SMSCB

Short Message Services Cell Broadcast

SMTP

Simple Mail Transfer Protocol (RFC 2821)

SN

Symbol Number or SNDCP

SN

Sequence Number

SN-PDU

Segmented N-PDU (SN-PDU is the payload of SNDCP)

SN-Q

Symbol Number in QAM

SN-SAP

SNDCP-Service Access Point

SNA

Short Number Address

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

List of Acronyms
SND

Sequence Number Downlink (GTP)

SNDCP

Subnetwork Dependent Convergence Protocol

SNEI

SNDCP Network Endpoint Identifier

SNIR

Signal to Noise and Interference Ratio

SNM

Signaling Network Management Protocol (ITU-T Q.704 (3))

SNN

SNDCP N-PDU Number Flag

SNR

Signal to Noise Ratio

SNTM

Signaling Network Test & Maintenance (ITU-T Q.707)

SNTP

Simple Network Time Protocol (RFC 2030)

SNU

Sequence Number Uplink (GTP)

SO

Segment Offset

SOAP

Simple Object Access Protocol


(http://www.w3.org/TR/2000/NOTE-SOAP-20000508)

SOHO

Small Office Home Office (Type of Business)

SP

Signaling Point

SPC

Signaling Point Code

SPI

Security Parameter Index (RFC 2401)

SPR

Subscription Profile Repository (3GTS 23.203)

SQCIF

Semi Quarter Common Intermediate Format (128 x 96 pixels


ITU-T H261 / H263)

SQN

Sequence number (used in UMTS-security architecture / 3GTS


33.102)

SRB

Signaling Radio Bearer

SRES

Signed Response

SRF

Service Resource Function (CAMEL)

SRNC

Serving Radio Network Controller

SRNS

Serving Radio Network Subsystem

SRS

Sounding Reference Symbol

SRTP

Secure RTP (RFC 3711)

SRTT

Smoothed RoundTrip Time

SRV

Service Location (DNS-related / RFC 2782)

SRVCC

Single Radio Voice Call Continuity (3GTS 23.216)

SS

Supplementary Service

SS

Subscriber Station (IEEE 802.16)

SS

Spatial Stream

SS7

Signaling System No 7

SSC

Secondary Synchronization Code

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 341 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

- 342 -

SSCF

Service Specific Co-ordination Function

SSCF/NNI

Service Specific Coordination Function - Network Node


Interface Protocol (ITU-T Q.2140)

SSCF/UNI

Service Specific Coordination Function - User Network


Interface Protocol (ITU-T Q.2130)

SSCOP

Service Specific Connection Oriented Protocol (ITU-T Q.2110)

SSCOPMCE

Service Specific Connection Oriented Protocol in a Multi-link or


Connectionless Environment (ITU-T Q.2111)

SSCS

Service Specific Convergence Sublayer

SSDT

Site Selection Diversity Transmission

SSF

Service Switching Function (CAMEL)

SSI

Short Subscriber Identity

SSID

Service Set Identifier (IEEE 802.11)

SSN

SubSlot Number

SSN

Start Sequence Number (related to ARQ-Bitmap in GPRS /


EGPRS) or Send Sequence Number (GSM MM and CCProtocols) or Sub-System Number (SCCP)

SSN

Send Sequence Number (GSM MM and CC-Protocols)

SSP

Service Switching Point (IN)

SSRC

Contributing Source (RTP)

SSRTG

Subscriber Station Receive to transmit Turnaround Gap (IEEE


802.16 (3.53)) Time that the SS needs to switch from receive
to transmit.

SSS

Secondary sync Sequence Set

SSSAR

Service Specific Segmentation And Reassembly (ITU-T


I.366.1)

ssthresh

Slow start threshold (RFC 2001, RFC 2960)

SSTTG

Subscriber Station Transmit to receive Turnaround Gap (IEEE


802.16 (3.54)) Time that the SS needs to switch from transmit
to receive.

SSVE

Sum Square Vector Error

ST

Stuffing Table (DVB-SI)

STA

Station

STAkey

Station Key

STAkeySA

Station Key Security Association

STANAG

Standardisation Agreement (NATO)

STBC

Space Time Block Coding

STC

Space Time Coding

STC

Signaling Transport Converter on MTP-3 and MTP-3b (ITU-T


Q.2150.1) / Signaling Transport Converter on SSCOP and
SSCOPMCE (ITU-T Q.2150.2)

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

List of Acronyms
STCH

STealing CHannel

STF

Short Training Field

STP

Signaling Transfer Point

STS

Space Time Stream

STTD

Space Time block coding based Transmission Diversity

STUN

Simple Traversal of UDP through Network Address Translators


(RFC 3489)

SU

Scheduling Unit

SUA

SCCP User Adaptation Layer (RFC 3868)

SUERM

Signal Unit Error Rate Monitor (ITU-T Q.703 (10))

SUFI

Super Field (RLC-Protocol)

SUN

Originally stood for Stanford University Network

SVC

Switched Virtual Circuit

SVG

Scalable Vector Graphics

SW

Software

SWAP

Shared Wireless Access Protocol (Home RF)

SwMI

Switching and Management Infrastructure

SYNC

Synchronization protocol in LTE for E-MBMS

T-PDU

Payload of a G-PDU which can be user data, i.e. possibly


segmented IP-frames, or GTP signaling information (GTP)

T.38

Fax Specification

TA

Transmitter Address

TA

Tracking Area

TA

Timing Advance

TA

Terminal Adapter (ISDN)

TAC

Tracking Area Code

TACS

Total Access Communication System

TAF

Terminal Adopter Function (3GTS 27.001)

TAI

Tracking Area Identity (3GTS 24.301)

TAI

Timing Advance Index

TB

Transport Block

TBCP

Talk Burst Control Protocol

TBF

Temporary Block Flow

TBS

Transport Block Set

TC

Turbo Coding (3GTS 25.212)

TC

Technical Committee

TCAP

Transaction Capabilities Application Part (Q.771 - Q.773)

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 343 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

- 344 -

TCB

Transmission Control Block

TCH

Traffic Channel

TCH-AFS

Traffic CHannel Adaptive Full rate Speech

TCH-AHS

Traffic Channel Adaptive Half rate Speech

TCH-P8/10,8

Traffic CHannel, pi/8-D8PSK, net rate = 10,8 kbit/s

TCH/2,4

Traffic CHannel, net rate = 2,4 kbit/s

TCH/4,8

Traffic CHannel, net rate = 4,8 kbit/s

TCH/7,2

Traffic CHannel, net rate = 7,2 kbit/s

TCH/FD

Traffic Channel / Fullrate Downlink

TCH/S

Speech Traffic CHannel

TCP

Transmission Control Protocol

TCP/BFCP

Transmission Control Protocol / Binary Floor Control Protocol


(draft-ietf-xcon-bfcp-05.txt)

TCP/IP

Transmission Control Protocol over IP

TCP/RTP/AVP

Real-time Transport Protocol / Audio Video Profile over TCP


(used in SDP-descriptions)(draft-ietf-avt-rtp-framing-contrans06.txt)

TCP/TLS/BFCP

Transmission Control Protocol / Transport Layer Security /


Binary Floor Control Protocol (draft-ietf-xcon-bfcp-05.txt)

TCTF

Target Channel Type Field

TCTV

Transport Channel Traffic Volume

TDD

Time Division Duplex

TDM

Time Division Multiplexing

TDMA

Time Division Multiple Access

TDOA

Time Difference of Arrival

TDT

Time and Date Table (DVB-SI)

TE

Terminal Equipment

TE2

TE presenting a TETRA interface

TEA1/2/3/4

TETRA Encryption Algorithm(s) 1,2,3 and 4

TEBS

Total E-DCH Buffer Status

TEDS

TETRA Enhanced Data Service

TEI

Terminal Equipment Identity

TEID

Tunnel Endpoint Identifier (GTP / 3GTS 29.060)

TEK

Traffic Encryption Key (IEEE 802.16)

Term

Explanation

TETRA

Terrestrial Trunked Radio

TETRA V+D

TETRA Voice + Data

TF

Transport Format

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

List of Acronyms
TFC

Transport Format Combination

TFCI

Transport Format Combination Identifier

TFCS

Transport Format Combination Set

TFI

Transport Format Indication (UMTS)

TFI

Temporary Flow Identity ((E)GPRS)

TFO

Tandem Free Operation (3GTS 22.053)

TFRC

Transport Format and Resource Combination (3GTS 25.308)

TFRI

Transport Format and Resource Indicator (3GTS 25.308,


25.321)

TFS

Transport Format Set

TFT

Traffic Flow Template

TFTP

Trivial File Transfer Protocol (RFC 1350)

TGD

Transmission Gap start Distance (3GTS 25.215)

TGL

Transmission Gap Length (3GTS 25.215)

TGPRC

Transmission Gap Pattern Repetition Count (3GTS 25.215)

TGSN

Transmission Gap Starting Slot Number (3GTS 25.215)

TH-CDMA

Time Hopping Code Division Multiple Access

THIG

Topology Hiding Inter Network Gateway

THP

Traffic Handling Priority (DiffServ Term)

THz

Tera Hertz (1012 Hertz)

TI

Transaction Identifier

TIA

Telecommunications Industry Association

TID

Tunnel Identifier

TID

Traffic Identifier

TIM

Traffic Indication Map

TIP

TETRA Interoperability Profile

TIPHON

Telecommunications and Internet Protocol Harmonization Over


Networks (ETSI Project)

TISPAN

Telecoms & Internet converged Services & Protocols for


Advanced Networks (ETSI Working Group to define IMS for
fixed broadband access networks)

TK

Temporal Key

TKIP

Temporal Key Integrity Protocol

TL

TETRA LLC

TLA-SAP

TETRA LLC Service Access Point A

TLB-SAP

TETRA LLC Service Access Point B

TLC-SAP

TETRA LLC Service Access Point C

TLE-SAP

TETRA LLC Service Access Point E

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 345 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

- 346 -

TLLI

Temporary Logical Link Identifier

TLS

Transport Layer Security (RFC 2246 / RFC 3546 / formerly


known as SSL or Secure Socket Layer)

TLV

Tag / Length / Value Notation

TM

Trunked Mode

TM

Transparent Mode operation

TM

Transmission Modules

TM

TETRA MAC

TMA-SAP

TETRA MAC Service Access Point A

TMB-SAP

TETRA MAC Service Access Point B

TMC-SAP

TETRA MAC Service Aaccess Point C

TMD

Transparent Mode Data (UMTS RLC PDU-type)

TMD-SAP

TETRA MAC Service Aaccess Point D

TMGI

Temporary Mobile Group Identity (3GTS 23.003 (15.2))

TMN

Telecommunication Management Network

TMSI

Temporary Mobile Subscriber Identity

TMV-SAP

TETRA MAC Virtual SAP

TN

Timeslot Number

TNCC-SAP

TETRA Network layer Call Control - Service Access Point

TNL

Transport Network Layer (3GTS 25.401)

TNMM

TETRA Network Mobility Management

TNP

TETRA Network Protocol

TNSDS-SAP

TETRA Network layer Short Data Service - Service Access


Point

TNSS-SAP

TETRA Network layer Supplementary Services - Service Access


Point

TOI

Transport Object Identifier

ToIP

Text over IP

TOM

Tunneling Of Messages [3GTS 44.064]

TOM2

Tunneling Of Messages over LLC-SAPI 2 (for high priority


signaling messages)[3GTS 44.064]

TOM8

Tunneling Of Messages over LLC-SAPI 8 (for low priority


signaling messages)[3GTS 44.064]

TOS

Type of Service

TOT

Time Offset Table

TP

Traffic Physical channel

TP-UD

Transfer Protocol - User Data (in GSM)

TPC

Transmit Power Control

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

List of Acronyms
TPC

Transmit Power Command

TPS

Transmission Parameter Signaling (DVB-H)

TPTI

Transmitting Party Type Identifier

TQI

Temporary Queuing Identifier

TRAU

Transcoder and Rate Adaption Unit

TrCH

Transport Channel (UMTS)

TrFO

Transcoder Free Operation

TrGw

Transition Gateway (IPv4 IPv6) (3GTS 23.228 (5.18))

TRX

Transmitter / Receiver

TS

Transport Stream

TS

Traffic Stream

TS

Timeslot

TS

Time Sharing

TSC

Training Sequence Code

TSC

Temporal Key Integrity Protocol Sequence Counter

TSI

TETRA Subscriber Identity

TSN

Transmission Sequence Number

TSTD

Time Switched Transmit Diversity

TTA

Telecommunications Technology Association (South Korean


standards organization)

TTG

Tunnel Termination Gateway

TTG

Transmit receive Transition Gap (IEEE 802.16 (3.63)) the time


between a downlink subframe and the subsequent uplink
subframe in a TDD-system

TTI

Transmission Time Interval

TTL

Time To Live (IP-Header / RFC 791)

TTR

TETRA Association Technical Report

TU50

Typical Urban 50 km/h

TUA

TCAP User Adaptation Layer

TUP

Telephone User Part

TUSC

Tile Use of Subchannels

TV

Television

Tx

Transmit(ter)

TX

Transmit

TxAA

Transmit Adaptive Arrays

TXOP

Transmission Opportunity

U-MST

Uplink Multiple Slot Transmission

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 347 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

- 348 -

U-SAP

User Service Access Point

UA

User Agent (SIP-Term / RFC 3261)

UA

Unnumbered Acknowledgement (LAPD/LLC/RLP-Frame Type)

UAC

User Agent Client (SIP-Term / RFC 3261)

UARFCN

UMTS Absolute Radio Frequency Channel Number

UART

Universal Asynchronous Receiver and Transmitter

UAS

User Agent Server (SIP-Term / RFC 3261)

UAS-X

egprs2 Uplink level A modulation and coding Scheme (x =


7..11)

UBS-X

egprs2 Uplink level B modulation and coding Scheme (x =


5..12)

UCD

Uplink Channel Descriptor (WiMAX Message)

UCI

Uplink Control Indicator

UCS

Universal Character Set

UCS-2

Universal Character Set coded in 2 octets

UDCH

User-plane Dedicated Channel (3GTS 45.902)

UDH

User Data Header

UDP

User Datagram Protocol (RFC 768)

UDPTL

UDP Transport Layer (used in SDP-description for T.38 faxapplications)

UE

User Equipment

UEA

UMTS Encryption Algorithm (3GTS 33.102)

UGS

Unsolicited Grant Service (IEEE 802.16 Traffic Class)

UHF

Ultra High Frequency

UI

Unnumbered Information (LAPD) / Unconfirmed Information


(LLC) / Frame Type

UIA

UMTS Integrity Algorithm (3GTS 33.102)

UICC

Universal Integrated Circuit Card (3GTS 22.101 / Bearer card


of SIM / USIM)

UIUC

Uplink Interval Usage Code (WiMAX Term)

UL

Uplink

UL_DTX

Uplink Discontinuous Transmission

UL-MAP

Uplink-Medium Access Protocol (MAC-Message in WiMAX /


IEEE 802.16)

UL-SCH

Uplink Shared Channel

UM

Unacknowledged Mode operation

UMA

Unlicensed Mobile Access (3GTS 43.318)

UMAN

Unlicensed Mobile Access Network

UMB

Ultra Mobile Broadband (3GPP2's EV-DO Rev C)

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

List of Acronyms

UMD

Unacknowledged Mode Data (UMTS RLC PDU-type)

UMS

User Mobility Server (HSS = HLR + UMS)

UMTS

Universal Mobile Telecommunication System

UMTS-AKA

Universal Mobile Telecommunication System - Authentication


and Key Agreement (3GTS 33.102)

UNC

UMA Network Controller

UNC-SGW

UMA Network Controller Security Gateway

UNI

User-to-Network Interface

UP

User Priority

UP

Unallocated Physical channel

URA

UTRAN Registration Area

URA_PCH

RRC URA State in UTRA

URB

User Radio Bearer

URI

Uniform Resource Identifier

URL

Uniform Resource Locator (RFC 1738)

US

United States

USA

United States of America

USAT

USIM Application Toolkit

USB

Universal Serial Bus

USCH

Uplink Shared Channel (UMTS Transport Channel TDD only)

USD

User Service Description

USF

Uplink State Flag

USIM

Universal Subscriber Identity Module

USS

Uplink sync Sequence Set

USSI

Unexchanged Short Subscriber Identity

UTF-16BE

Unicode Transformation Format serialized as two bytes in BigEndian format

UTF-8

Unicode Transformation Format-X (Is an X-bit) lossless


encoding of Unicode characters

UTRA

UMTS (Universal Mobile Telecommunication System)


Terrestrial Radio Access

UTRAN

UMTS (Universal Mobile Telecommunication System)


Terrestrial Radio Access Network

UUI

User to User Information

UUS

User-User-Signaling (3GTS 23.087)

UV

Ultra Violet

UWB

Ultra-Wide Band (IEEE 802.15.3)

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 349 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

- 350 -

UWC

Universal Wireless Convergence (Merge IS-136 with GSM)

V-PLMN

Visited PLMN

V+D

Voice plus Data

V5UA

V5.2-User Adaptation Layer (RFC 3807)

VA

Vehicular A mobile radio channel

VAD

Voice Activity Detector

VBS

Voice Broadcast Service (GSM-R)

VC

Virtual Circuit

VCC

Voice Call Continuity (3GTS 23.206)

VCI

Virtual Circuit Identifier (ATM)

VCO

Voltage Controlled Oscillator

VCT

MPEG PSI tables for ARIB

VDSL

Very high data rate Digital Subscriber Line (ITU-T G.993.1)

VE

Virtual Engine

VGCS

Voice Group Call Service (GSM-R)

VHE

Virtual Home Environment (3GTS 22.121, 3GTS 23.127)

VHF

Very High Frequency

VI

Video

VLAN

Virtual LAN

VLR

Visitor Location Register

VO

Voice

VoD

Video on Demand

VoIMS

Voice over IMS

VoIP

Voice over IP

VPI

Virtual Path Identifier (ATM)

VPLMN

Visited Public Land Mobile radio Network

VPN

Virtual Private Network

VSI

Virtual Socket Interface

VSRB

Variable Sized Radio Blocks

VW

Virtual Wire PDB (DiffServ Term)

W-AMR

Wideband AMR-Codec (Adaptive Multirate) (3GTS 26.190)

W-AMR+

Extended Wideband AMR-Codec (Adaptive Multirate) (3GTS


26.290)

W-APN

WLAN-APN (Wireless Local Area Network - Access Point Name)


(3GTS 23.234)

WAG

WLAN (Wireless Local Area Network) Access Gateway

WAN

Wide Area Network

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

List of Acronyms
WAP

Wireless Application Protocol

WCDMA

Wide-band Code Division Multiple Access

WDS

Wireless Distribution System

WEP

Wired Equivalent Privacy

WG

Working Group

WI

Work Item

WiBro

Wireless Broadband, Korean WiMAX Version

WiFi

Wireless Fidelity (www.wi-fi.org)

WiMAX

Worldwide Interoperability for Microwave Access (IEEE


802.16)

WINS

Windows Internet Name Service

WLAN

Wireless Local Area Network (IEEE 802.11)

WM

Wireless Medium

WMAN

Wireless Metropolitan Area Network

WMAX

Alliance of IEEE-802.11-Standard Manufacturers

WMM

WiFi MultiMedia

WPA

WiFi Protected Access

WPA2

WiFi Protected Access Version 2

WRED

Weighted Random Early Detection

WS

Window Size

WSN

Window Size Number

WWW

World Wide Web

X-CSCF

Call Session Control Function (any, there is I-CSCF, P-CSCF


and X-CSCF)

X2-AP

X2-interface Application Part protocol (3GTS 36.423)

X2AP

X2-interface Application Part protocol (3GTS 36.423)

XHTML

Extensible Hypertext Markup Language

XID

Exchange Identification (LAPD/LLC-Frame Type)

XMAC

Expected Message Authentication Code

XMF

Extensible Music Format

XOR

Exclusive-Or Logical Combination

XRES

Expected Response (3GTS 33.102)

XUA

Any User Adaptation Layer (M2UA, M3UA, SUA)

XXX_PCH

RRC States: CELL_PCH or URA_PCH

ZF

Zero Forcing

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 351 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

- 352 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

Index

Index
A
AM..................................................240
B
Broadcast information.....................103
H
HARQ.............................................218
M
MAC................................................218
MAC control element......................232
MAC PDU.......................................230
P
PDCP..............................................248
PDCP PDU.....................................250

R
RA-RNTI.........................................226
Random access procedure.....224, 228
RLC.................................................240
RLC AM PDU with a segment header
........................................................244
RLC PDU........................................242
RRC................................................102
RRC_CONNECTED.......................104
RRC_IDLE .....................................104
T
TCP/IP............................................254
TM...................................................240
U
UM..................................................240

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

- 353 -

LTE Signaling & Protocol Analysis (E-UTRAN and UE)

- 354 -

INACON GmbH 1999 - 2010. All rights reserved. Reproduction and/or unauthorized use of this material is prohibited
and will be prosecuted to the full extent of German and international laws. Version Number 1.200

You might also like